@RESIZER_CMT@RESIZE_DIR= resize
@DEBUGFS_CMT@DEBUGFS_DIR= debugfs
-@EVMS_CMT@EVMS_DIR= lib/evms
LIB_SUBDIRS=lib/et lib/ss lib/e2p lib/ext2fs lib/uuid lib/blkid intl
-PROG_SUBDIRS=e2fsck $(DEBUGFS_DIR) misc $(RESIZE_DIR) tests/progs po \
- $(EVMS_DIR)
+PROG_SUBDIRS=e2fsck $(DEBUGFS_DIR) misc $(RESIZE_DIR) tests/progs po
SUBDIRS=util $(LIB_SUBDIRS) $(PROG_SUBDIRS) tests
SUBS= lib/ext2fs/ext2_types.h lib/blkid/blkid_types.h lib/uuid/uuid_types.h
ac_help="$ac_help
--enable-htree-clear clear htree because we don't trust e2fsck"
ac_help="$ac_help
- --disable-evms don't build EVMS plugin"
-ac_help="$ac_help
- --enable-evms-10 use EVMS 1.0 ABI (instead of EVMS 1.2)"
-ac_help="$ac_help
- --enable-evms-11 use EVMS 1.1 ABI (instead of EVMS 1.2)"
-ac_help="$ac_help
--enable-elf-shlibs select ELF shared libraries"
ac_help="$ac_help
--enable-bsd-shlibs select BSD shared libraries"
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
echo $ac_n "checking for ld used by GCC""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:604: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5
+echo "configure:598: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking for GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:634: checking for GNU ld" >&5
+echo "configure:628: checking for GNU ld" >&5
else
echo $ac_n "checking for non-GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:637: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
+echo "configure:631: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'acl_cv_path_LD'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
fi
test -z "$LD" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
echo $ac_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:672: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
+echo "configure:666: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:758: checking host system type" >&5
+echo "configure:752: checking host system type" >&5
host_alias=$host
case "$host_alias" in
host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
-EVMS_CMT=
# Check whether --with-diet-libc or --without-diet-libc was given.
if test "${with_diet_libc+set}" = set; then
withval="$with_diet_libc"
CC="diet cc -nostdinc"
-EVMS_CMT="#"
echo "$ac_t""CC=$CC" 1>&6
fi
# Check whether --with-cc or --without-cc was given.
# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:800: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:792: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:830: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:822: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cl; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:881: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:873: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:913: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+echo "configure:905: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
ac_ext=c
# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF
-#line 924 "configure"
+#line 916 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
main(){return(0);}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:929: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:921: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
# If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
{ echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:955: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "configure:947: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:960: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+echo "configure:952: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
yes;
#endif
EOF
-if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:969: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:961: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
else
ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
CFLAGS=
echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:988: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+echo "configure:980: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
CFLAGS=$withval
fi
echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1037: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo "configure:1029: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
CPP=
# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
# not just through cpp.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1052 "configure"
+#line 1044 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1058: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:1050: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
:
rm -rf conftest*
CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1069 "configure"
+#line 1061 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1075: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:1067: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
:
rm -rf conftest*
CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1086 "configure"
+#line 1078 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1092: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:1084: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
:
ac_safe=`echo "linux/fs.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for linux/fs.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1118: checking for linux/fs.h" >&5
+echo "configure:1110: checking for linux/fs.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1123 "configure"
+#line 1115 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <linux/fs.h>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1128: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:1120: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
fi
echo $ac_n "checking for additional special compiler flags""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1155: checking for additional special compiler flags" >&5
+echo "configure:1147: checking for additional special compiler flags" >&5
if test "$GCC" = yes
then
case "$host_cpu" in
fi
-# Check whether --enable-evms or --disable-evms was given.
-if test "${enable_evms+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_evms"
- if test "$enableval" == "no"
-then
- EVMS_CMT="#"
- echo "Disabling EVMS plugin"
-fi
-
-fi
-
-EVMS_ABI_CODE=120
-# Check whether --enable-evms-10 or --disable-evms-10 was given.
-if test "${enable_evms_10+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_evms_10"
- if test "$enableval" != "no"
-then
- EVMS_ABI_CODE=100
- echo "Enabling EVMS 1.0.0 ABI"
-fi
-
-fi
-
-# Check whether --enable-evms-11 or --disable-evms-11 was given.
-if test "${enable_evms_11+set}" = set; then
- enableval="$enable_evms_11"
- if test "$enableval" != "no"
-then
- EVMS_ABI_CODE=110
- echo "Enabling EVMS 1.1.0 ABI"
-fi
-
-fi
-
-if test "$EVMS_ABI_CODE" = "120"
-then
- echo "Using EVMS 1.2.0 ABI by default"
-fi
-
# Check whether --enable-elf-shlibs or --disable-elf-shlibs was given.
if test "${enable_elf_shlibs+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_elf_shlibs"
echo $ac_n "checking for inttypes.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1651: checking for inttypes.h" >&5
+echo "configure:1604: checking for inttypes.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1656 "configure"
+#line 1609 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1664: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1617: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking for stdint.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1686: checking for stdint.h" >&5
+echo "configure:1639: checking for stdint.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1691 "configure"
+#line 1644 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>
uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1699: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1652: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking for unsigned long long""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1721: checking for unsigned long long" >&5
+echo "configure:1674: checking for unsigned long long" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1726 "configure"
+#line 1679 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;
int main() {
return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1734: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1687: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking for shared library run path origin""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1772: checking for shared library run path origin" >&5
+echo "configure:1725: checking for shared library run path origin" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'acl_cv_rpath'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1805: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+echo "configure:1758: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1843: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+echo "configure:1796: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1908: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:1861: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
echo $ac_n "checking for strerror in -lcposix""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1937: checking for strerror in -lcposix" >&5
+echo "configure:1890: checking for strerror in -lcposix" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo cposix'_'strerror | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1945 "configure"
+#line 1898 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
strerror()
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1956: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1909: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1979: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo "configure:1932: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1984 "configure"
+#line 1937 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <float.h>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1992: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:1945: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2009 "configure"
+#line 1962 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <string.h>
EOF
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2027 "configure"
+#line 1980 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
EOF
:
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2048 "configure"
+#line 2001 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
exit (0); }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2059: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:2012: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
:
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2083: checking for working const" >&5
+echo "configure:2036: checking for working const" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2088 "configure"
+#line 2041 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
int main() {
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2137: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2090: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_c_const=yes
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2158: checking for inline" >&5
+echo "configure:2111: checking for inline" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2165 "configure"
+#line 2118 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
int main() {
} $ac_kw foo() {
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2172: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2125: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
else
esac
echo $ac_n "checking for off_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2198: checking for off_t" >&5
+echo "configure:2151: checking for off_t" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2203 "configure"
+#line 2156 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
fi
echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2231: checking for size_t" >&5
+echo "configure:2184: checking for size_t" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2236 "configure"
+#line 2189 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
# for constant arguments. Useless!
echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2266: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+echo "configure:2219: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2271 "configure"
+#line 2224 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <alloca.h>
int main() {
char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int));
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2278: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2231: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2299: checking for alloca" >&5
+echo "configure:2252: checking for alloca" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2304 "configure"
+#line 2257 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#ifdef __GNUC__
char *p = (char *) alloca(1);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2332: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2285: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2364: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5
+echo "configure:2317: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2369 "configure"
+#line 2322 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2)
webecray
if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2394: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo "configure:2347: checking for $ac_func" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2399 "configure"
+#line 2352 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2422: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2375: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2449: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+echo "configure:2402: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2457 "configure"
+#line 2410 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
find_stack_direction ()
{
exit (find_stack_direction() < 0);
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2476: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:2429: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
else
do
ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2501: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+echo "configure:2454: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2506 "configure"
+#line 2459 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <$ac_hdr>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:2511: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:2464: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
for ac_func in getpagesize
do
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2540: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo "configure:2493: checking for $ac_func" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2545 "configure"
+#line 2498 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2568: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2521: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
else
done
echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2593: checking for working mmap" >&5
+echo "configure:2546: checking for working mmap" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2601 "configure"
+#line 2554 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2741: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:2694: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2765: checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer" >&5
+echo "configure:2718: checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2770 "configure"
+#line 2723 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <features.h>
echo $ac_n "checking whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2803: checking whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE" >&5
+echo "configure:2756: checking whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2820 "configure"
+#line 2773 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2860: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:2813: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking for inttypes.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2901: checking for inttypes.h" >&5
+echo "configure:2854: checking for inttypes.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_header_inttypes_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2907 "configure"
+#line 2860 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2915: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2868: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes
else
if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:2940: checking whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken" >&5
+echo "configure:2893: checking whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 2946 "configure"
+#line 2899 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <inttypes.h>
#ifdef PRId32
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:2957: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:2910: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no
else
# Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3368: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:3321: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3403: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:3356: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3440: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:3393: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "msgmerge", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy msgmerge; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3477: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:3430: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
do
ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3540: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+echo "configure:3493: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3545 "configure"
+#line 3498 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <$ac_hdr>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:3550: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:3503: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next
do
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3581: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo "configure:3534: checking for $ac_func" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3586 "configure"
+#line 3539 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3609: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3562: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
else
echo $ac_n "checking for iconv""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3665: checking for iconv" >&5
+echo "configure:3618: checking for iconv" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_func_iconv'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
am_cv_lib_iconv=no
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3673 "configure"
+#line 3626 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>
iconv_close(cd);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3683: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3636: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
am_cv_func_iconv=yes
else
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3695 "configure"
+#line 3648 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>
iconv_close(cd);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3705: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3658: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
am_cv_func_iconv=yes
fi
if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking how to link with libiconv""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3728: checking how to link with libiconv" >&5
+echo "configure:3681: checking how to link with libiconv" >&5
echo "$ac_t""$LIBICONV" 1>&6
else
CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking for iconv declaration""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3740: checking for iconv declaration" >&5
+echo "configure:3693: checking for iconv declaration" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_proto_iconv'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3746 "configure"
+#line 3699 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3765: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3718: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1=""
else
echo $ac_n "checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3789: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5
+echo "configure:3742: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_langinfo_codeset'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3794 "configure"
+#line 3747 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <langinfo.h>
int main() {
char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3801: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3754: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes
else
if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3825: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5
+echo "configure:3778: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3830 "configure"
+#line 3783 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <locale.h>
int main() {
return LC_MESSAGES
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3837: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3790: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes
else
# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3864: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:3817: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
ac_verc_fail=yes
else
echo $ac_n "checking version of bison""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3897: checking version of bison" >&5
+echo "configure:3850: checking version of bison" >&5
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
case $ac_prog_version in
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3926: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5
+echo "configure:3879: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5
# Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given.
if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_nls"
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3950: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5
+echo "configure:3903: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5
# Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given.
if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then
withval="$with_included_gettext"
echo $ac_n "checking for GNU gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:3970: checking for GNU gettext in libc" >&5
+echo "configure:3923: checking for GNU gettext in libc" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 3975 "configure"
+#line 3928 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:3985: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:3938: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc=yes
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking for GNU gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4380: checking for GNU gettext in libintl" >&5
+echo "configure:4333: checking for GNU gettext in libintl" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 4389 "configure"
+#line 4342 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:4403: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:4356: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl=yes
else
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 4416 "configure"
+#line 4369 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:4430: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:4383: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" = "yes"; then
echo $ac_n "checking how to link with libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4496: checking how to link with libintl" >&5
+echo "configure:4449: checking how to link with libintl" >&5
echo "$ac_t""$LIBINTL" 1>&6
for element in $INCINTL; do
echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4571: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+echo "configure:4524: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
# Extract the first word of "ln", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ln; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4600: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4553: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_LN'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4634: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
+echo "configure:4587: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "mv", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy mv; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4657: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4610: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MV'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "cp", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cp; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4693: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4646: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_CP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "rm", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy rm; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4729: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4682: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_RM'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "chmod", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy chmod; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4765: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4718: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_CHMOD'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "awk", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy awk; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4801: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4754: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_AWK'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "sed", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy sed; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4837: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4790: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_SED'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "perl", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy perl; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4873: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4826: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_PERL'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "ldconfig", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ldconfig; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4909: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4862: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_LDCONFIG'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4943: checking build system type" >&5
+echo "configure:4896: checking build system type" >&5
build_alias=$build
case "$build_alias" in
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:4969: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4922: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5001: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4954: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5036: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:4989: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5068: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:5021: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5103: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:5056: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_STRIP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5135: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:5088: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_STRIP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5179: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+echo "configure:5132: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5241: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:5194: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_BUILD_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
do
ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5275: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+echo "configure:5228: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5280 "configure"
+#line 5233 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <$ac_hdr>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:5285: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:5238: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
done
echo $ac_n "checking for vprintf""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5312: checking for vprintf" >&5
+echo "configure:5265: checking for vprintf" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_vprintf'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5317 "configure"
+#line 5270 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
which can conflict with char vprintf(); below. */
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5340: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5293: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_func_vprintf=yes"
else
if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking for _doprnt""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5364: checking for _doprnt" >&5
+echo "configure:5317: checking for _doprnt" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func__doprnt'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5369 "configure"
+#line 5322 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
which can conflict with char _doprnt(); below. */
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5392: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5345: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_func__doprnt=yes"
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether d_reclen declared in dirent""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5417: checking whether d_reclen declared in dirent" >&5
+echo "configure:5370: checking whether d_reclen declared in dirent" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_have_d_reclen_dirent'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5422 "configure"
+#line 5375 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <dirent.h>
int main() {
struct dirent de; de.d_reclen = 0;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5429: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5382: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_have_d_reclen_dirent=yes
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether ssize_t declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5449: checking whether ssize_t declared" >&5
+echo "configure:5402: checking whether ssize_t declared" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_have_ssize_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5454 "configure"
+#line 5407 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
int main() {
ssize_t a = 0;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5461: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5414: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_have_ssize_t=yes
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether llseek declared in unistd.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5481: checking whether llseek declared in unistd.h" >&5
+echo "configure:5434: checking whether llseek declared in unistd.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_have_llseek_prototype'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5486 "configure"
+#line 5439 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <unistd.h>
int main() {
extern int llseek(int);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5493: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5446: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_have_llseek_prototype=no
else
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether lseek64 declared in unistd.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5513: checking whether lseek64 declared in unistd.h" >&5
+echo "configure:5466: checking whether lseek64 declared in unistd.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_have_lseek64_prototype'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5518 "configure"
+#line 5471 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
extern int lseek64(int);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5527: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5480: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_have_lseek64_prototype=no
else
echo "configure: warning: Cross-compiling, so cannot check type sizes; assuming short=2, int=4, long=4, long long=8" 1>&2
fi
echo $ac_n "checking size of short""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5555: checking size of short" >&5
+echo "configure:5508: checking size of short" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_sizeof_short'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5563 "configure"
+#line 5516 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
exit(0);
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5575: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:5528: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_sizeof_short=`cat conftestval`
else
echo $ac_n "checking size of int""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5595: checking size of int" >&5
+echo "configure:5548: checking size of int" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_sizeof_int'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5603 "configure"
+#line 5556 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
exit(0);
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5615: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:5568: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_sizeof_int=`cat conftestval`
else
echo $ac_n "checking size of long""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5635: checking size of long" >&5
+echo "configure:5588: checking size of long" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_sizeof_long'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5643 "configure"
+#line 5596 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
exit(0);
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5655: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:5608: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_sizeof_long=`cat conftestval`
else
echo $ac_n "checking size of long long""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5675: checking size of long long" >&5
+echo "configure:5628: checking size of long long" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_sizeof_long_long'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5683 "configure"
+#line 5636 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
exit(0);
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5695: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:5648: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_sizeof_long_long=`cat conftestval`
else
echo $ac_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5723: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
+echo "configure:5676: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_bigendian'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
# See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5730 "configure"
+#line 5683 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5741: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5694: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
# It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5745 "configure"
+#line 5698 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5756: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5709: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
else
{ echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; }
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5776 "configure"
+#line 5729 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
main () {
/* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */
exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
}
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5789: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+if { (eval echo configure:5742: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
else
do
ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5816: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+echo "configure:5769: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5821 "configure"
+#line 5774 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <$ac_hdr>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:5826: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+{ (eval echo configure:5779: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
rm -rf conftest*
done
echo $ac_n "checking for intptr_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5853: checking for intptr_t" >&5
+echo "configure:5806: checking for intptr_t" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_intptr_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5858 "configure"
+#line 5811 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether struct stat has a st_flags field""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5886: checking whether struct stat has a st_flags field" >&5
+echo "configure:5839: checking whether struct stat has a st_flags field" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_struct_st_flags'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5891 "configure"
+#line 5844 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/stat.h>
int main() {
struct stat stat; stat.st_flags = 0;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5898: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5851: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_struct_st_flags=yes
else
echo "$ac_t""$e2fsprogs_cv_struct_st_flags" 1>&6
if test "$e2fsprogs_cv_struct_st_flags" = yes; then
echo $ac_n "checking whether st_flags field is useful""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5913: checking whether st_flags field is useful" >&5
+echo "configure:5866: checking whether st_flags field is useful" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_struct_st_flags_immut'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5918 "configure"
+#line 5871 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/stat.h>
int main() {
struct stat stat; stat.st_flags |= UF_IMMUTABLE;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5925: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5878: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_struct_st_flags_immut=yes
else
fi
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether struct sockaddr contains sa_len""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5946: checking whether struct sockaddr contains sa_len" >&5
+echo "configure:5899: checking whether struct sockaddr contains sa_len" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'e2fsprogs_cv_sockaddr_sa_len'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5951 "configure"
+#line 5904 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
sa.sa_len;
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:5961: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5914: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
rm -rf conftest*
e2fsprogs_cv_sockaddr_sa_len=yes
else
for ac_func in chflags getrusage llseek lseek64 open64 getmntinfo strtoull strcasecmp srandom fchown mallinfo fdatasync strnlen strptime sysconf pathconf posix_memalign memalign valloc
do
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:5983: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo "configure:5936: checking for $ac_func" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 5988 "configure"
+#line 5941 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:6011: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:5964: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
else
SOCKET_LIB=''
echo $ac_n "checking for socket in -lsocket""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:6037: checking for socket in -lsocket" >&5
+echo "configure:5990: checking for socket in -lsocket" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo socket'_'socket | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 6045 "configure"
+#line 5998 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
socket()
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:6056: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:6009: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
DLOPEN_LIB=''
echo $ac_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:6079: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo "configure:6032: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo dl'_'dlopen | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-ldl $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 6087 "configure"
+#line 6040 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
dlopen()
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:6098: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:6051: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
echo $ac_n "checking for optreset""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:6124: checking for optreset" >&5
+echo "configure:6077: checking for optreset" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_have_optreset'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 6129 "configure"
+#line 6082 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <unistd.h>
EOF
cygwin)
CYGWIN_CMT=
UNIX_CMT="#"
- EVMS_CMT="#"
;;
-*)
- EVMS_CMT="#"
esac
-
case "$host_os" in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu)
if test "$prefix" = NONE -a "$root_prefix" = NONE ; then
echo $ac_n "checking whether linker accepts -static""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:6220: checking whether linker accepts -static" >&5
+echo "configure:6169: checking whether linker accepts -static" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_e2fsprogs_use_static'+set}'`\" = set"; then
echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
SAVE_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS; LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -static"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 6226 "configure"
+#line 6175 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <stdio.h>
int main() {
fflush(stdout);
; return 0; }
EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:6233: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+if { (eval echo configure:6182: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
rm -rf conftest*
ac_cv_e2fsprogs_use_static=yes
else
lib/et/Makefile lib/ss/Makefile lib/ext2fs/Makefile lib/e2p/Makefile \
lib/uuid/Makefile lib/uuid/uuid_types.h \
lib/blkid/Makefile lib/blkid/blkid_types.h \
- lib/evms/Makefile misc/Makefile ext2ed/Makefile e2fsck/Makefile \
+ misc/Makefile ext2ed/Makefile e2fsck/Makefile \
debugfs/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/progs/Makefile \
resize/Makefile doc/Makefile intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in ; do
if test -d `dirname ${srcdir}/$i` ; then
s%@LINUX_INCLUDE@%$LINUX_INCLUDE%g
s%@HTREE_CMT@%$HTREE_CMT%g
s%@HTREE_CLR_CMT@%$HTREE_CLR_CMT%g
-s%@EVMS_ABI_CODE@%$EVMS_ABI_CODE%g
s%@ELF_CMT@%$ELF_CMT%g
/@MAKEFILE_ELF@/r $MAKEFILE_ELF
s%@MAKEFILE_ELF@%%g
s%@LINUX_CMT@%$LINUX_CMT%g
s%@CYGWIN_CMT@%$CYGWIN_CMT%g
s%@UNIX_CMT@%$UNIX_CMT%g
-s%@EVMS_CMT@%$EVMS_CMT%g
s%@root_prefix@%$root_prefix%g
s%@root_bindir@%$root_bindir%g
s%@root_sbindir@%$root_sbindir%g
AC_SUBST(E2FSPROGS_VERSION)
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
dnl
-dnl Should we compile EVMS plugin or not. Complicated logic, spread
-dnl over several different command-line options...
-dnl
-EVMS_CMT=
-dnl
dnl Use diet libc
dnl
AC_ARG_WITH([diet-libc],
[ --with-diet-libc Use diet libc],
CC="diet cc -nostdinc"
-EVMS_CMT="#"
AC_MSG_RESULT(CC=$CC))dnl
dnl
dnl set $(CC) from --with-cc=value
)
AC_SUBST(HTREE_CLR_CMT)
dnl
-dnl handle --enable-evms
-dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([evms],
-[ --disable-evms don't build EVMS plugin],
-if test "$enableval" == "no"
-then
- EVMS_CMT="#"
- echo "Disabling EVMS plugin"
-fi
-)
-dnl
-dnl handle --enable-emvs-10
-dnl
-EVMS_ABI_CODE=120
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([evms-10],
-[ --enable-evms-10 use EVMS 1.0 ABI (instead of EVMS 1.2)],
-if test "$enableval" != "no"
-then
- EVMS_ABI_CODE=100
- echo "Enabling EVMS 1.0.0 ABI"
-fi
-)
-dnl
-dnl handle --enable-emvs-11
-dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([evms-11],
-[ --enable-evms-11 use EVMS 1.1 ABI (instead of EVMS 1.2)],
-if test "$enableval" != "no"
-then
- EVMS_ABI_CODE=110
- echo "Enabling EVMS 1.1.0 ABI"
-fi
-)
-if test "$EVMS_ABI_CODE" = "120"
-then
- echo "Using EVMS 1.2.0 ABI by default"
-fi
-AC_SUBST(EVMS_ABI_CODE)
-dnl
dnl handle --enable-elf-shlibs
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE([elf-shlibs],
cygwin)
CYGWIN_CMT=
UNIX_CMT="#"
- EVMS_CMT="#"
;;
-*)
- EVMS_CMT="#"
esac
AC_SUBST(LINUX_CMT)
AC_SUBST(CYGWIN_CMT)
AC_SUBST(UNIX_CMT)
-AC_SUBST([EVMS_CMT])
dnl
dnl Linux and Hurd places root files in the / by default
dnl
lib/et/Makefile lib/ss/Makefile lib/ext2fs/Makefile lib/e2p/Makefile \
lib/uuid/Makefile lib/uuid/uuid_types.h \
lib/blkid/Makefile lib/blkid/blkid_types.h \
- lib/evms/Makefile misc/Makefile ext2ed/Makefile e2fsck/Makefile \
+ misc/Makefile ext2ed/Makefile e2fsck/Makefile \
debugfs/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/progs/Makefile \
resize/Makefile doc/Makefile intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in ; do
if test -d `dirname ${srcdir}/$i` ; then
BF_CCOPTS = -Os -fomit-frame-pointer
COMMON_CONF_FLAGS = \
- --enable-elf-shlibs --enable-dynamic-e2fsck --disable-evms \
+ --enable-elf-shlibs --enable-dynamic-e2fsck \
--infodir=/usr/share/info --enable-fsck
STD_CONF_FLAGS = --with-ccopts="${CCOPTS}" --enable-compression
%setup
%build
-%configure --enable-elf-shlibs --enable-nls --disable-evms
+%configure --enable-elf-shlibs --enable-nls
make
%install
+++ /dev/null
-2004-02-28 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.35
-
-2003-08-01 Philipp Thomas <pthomas@suse.de>
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_cleanup, fs_init_task, fs_set_volumes): Use an
- ugly union to fix pointer aliasing problems.
-
-2003-07-25 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.34
-
-2003-04-21 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.33
-
-2003-04-03 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_setup): During FSIM setup, when the FSIM cannot be
- loaded due to incompatible tool versions, just print a
- message to the log instead of displaying a message to the
- user. (EVMS 2.0, rev 1.3, change to commented out code only)
- (ext2_plugrec): fix long plug-in name to indicate support
- for ext3 (EVMS 2.0, rev 1.4)
- (fs_expand, fs_shrink): Don't save the return value from
- waitpid(). Especially don't save it back to the same
- variable that will be used to call waitpid() again.
- (EVMS 2.0, rev 1.12)
- (fs_mkfs, fs_init_task, fs_set_option): Make sure most
- functions have entry/exit log macros. (EVMS 2.0 rev 1.14)
- (fs_expand, fs_shrink): Check for errors from
- fsim_get_ext2_superblock(). (EVMS 2.0 rev 1.15)
-
- * fsimext2.c (set_mkfs_options): Fix compile warnings.
- gcc 3.2.1 doesn't like empty "default:" cases at the end
- of "switch" statements (EVMS 2.0 rev 1.2)
- (fsim_get_volume_limits): Remove unused varable (EVMS 2.0
- rev 1.4)
- (ext2fs_swap_super): Remove unnecessary "return" (EVMS 2.0
- rev 1.7)
- Make sure most functions have entry/exit log macros (EVMS
- 2.0 rev 1.8, 1.9)
- (fsim_fsck, fsim_mkfs): Don't save the return value from
- waitpid(). Especially don't save it back to the same
- variable that will be used to call waitpid() again. (EVMS
- 2.0 rev 1.5/partial).
- (fsim_fsck): In fsim_fsck(), set the read pipe to
- non-blocking before going into the loop waiting for data.
- If there are no more data left, the function hangs waiting
- for the read() to complete. (EVMS 2.0 rev 1.5/partial)
- (fsim_fsck): Fix file descriptor leak.
-
- * fsimext2.h (LOGEXITRC): Synchronize text for exit macro with
- EVMS 2.0 (rev 1.2).
-
-2002-11-09 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.32
-
-2002-11-08 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.31
-
-2002-11-08 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_expand, fs_shrink),
- fsimext2.c (fsim_mkfs, fsim_fsck): Inform the user if e2fsck,
- mke2fs or resize2fs dies with a signal, or if the exit
- with a non-zero exit status.
-
- * fsimext2.c (set_mkfs_options): If the hard sector size is 1024,
- don't force a blocksize of 1024; there's no need to do so.
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_setup): Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev 1.14
- (2002/10/17): Changed function to correspond with EVMS ABI
- 1.2
-
- * Makefile.in, common.h, enginestructs.h, fs_ext2.c, fsimext2.h,
- options.h, plugfuncs.h: Change #define from ABI_EVMS_1_0
- to EVMS_ABI_CODE which may be 100, 110, or 120,
- corresponding to EVMS releases 1.0.0, 1.1.0, and 1.2.0.
- Update header files to support EVMS ABI 1.2.
-
- * fsimext2.c (set_mkfs_options): Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev
- 1.7 (2002/09/11): Add a hack to force mkfs won't a
- blocksize equal to the hardsector size if it is larger
- than 512 bytes.
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_expand, fs_shrink): Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev
- 1.13 (2002/09/03). Add better error handling for child
- processes that die unexpectedly.
-
- * fsimext2.c (fsim_mkfs, fsim_fsck): Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev
- 1.6 (2002/09/03). Add better error handling for child
- processes that die unexpectedly.
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_expand): Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev 1.12
- (2002/08/28): Use the EVMS_IS_MOUNTED macro.
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_expand, fs_shrink): Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev
- 1.11 (2002/8/27). Read from the resize2fs output in
- non-blocking mode, so the GUI continues to updates the window.
-
- * fsimext2.h: Synchronize with EVMS CVS rev 1.8 (2002/8/29).
- Change all __uXX's to u_intXX_t's.
-
-2002-10-31 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.30
-
-2001-09-24 Theodore Tso <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.29
-
-2001-08-31 Theodore Tso <tytso@thunk.org>
-
- * Release of E2fsprogs 1.28
-
-2002-08-18 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * Makefile.in: Revamp makefile so that it doesn't depend
- --enable-elf-shlibs. We always build the shared library,
- since it's meant to be used as a plugin library.
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_fsck, fs_shrink, fs_expand): Change to use new
- calling convention of fsim_fsck. Fixed bug in fs_shrink
- and f_expand where the shrink or expand would get aborted
- if fsck returned an exit status code of 1 (which is normal).
-
- * fsimext2.c (fsim_fsck): Add new parameter ret_status, and return
- the exit status there. The return code now returns 0 for
- success, and an error code in case of failure, which
- removes a lot of the ambiguity.
-
-2002-08-17 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
-
- * fs_ext2.c, fsimext2.c: Synchronize with EVMS CVS tree.
- Fixed up confusion caused by bad parameter names for
- get_fs_limits(). Added missing conversion of
- volume->vol_size from sectors to bytes. Fix up error
- returns for unsupported tasks as EINVAL, not ENOSYS.
- Use logical names for the API version numbers, since
- the ABI is much more dependent on the headers. Add
- code to byte-swap the superblock if necessary.
- Fix up logging macros to use __FUNCTION__ correctly.
-
- * common.h, dlist.h, enginestructs.h, options.h, plugfuncs.c,
- fs_ext2.c: Synchronize with ABI of EVMS 1.1.
-
-2002-06-01 <tytso@thunk.org>
-
- * fs_ext2.c (fs_init_task): Fix minor bugs pointed out by Steve
- Pratt. Fixed a selection bug and added checks to make
- sure volumes are not mounted when creating the list of
- volumes which can be mkfs'ed by the ext2/3 plugin.
-
-2002-05-28 <tytso@thunk.org>
-
- * fsimext2.c: Log the fsck and mke2fs command lines. Return
- appropriate volume limits so that resizing will work
- correctly. Fix bug in how the e2fsck output was presented
- to the user.
-
- * fs_ext2.c: Add support for expanding and shrinking ext2/3
- filesystems.
-
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-top_builddir = ../..
-my_dir = lib/evms
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-
-MAJOR_VERSION = 1
-MINOR_VERSION = 2
-PATCH_LEVEL = 1
-EXTRAVERSION =
-
-XTRA_CFLAGS= -I@srcdir@ -DMAJOR_VERSION=$(MAJOR_VERSION) -DMINOR_VERSION=$(MINOR_VERSION) -DPATCH_LEVEL=$(PATCH_LEVEL) -DEVMS_ABI_CODE=@EVMS_ABI_CODE@
-
-@MCONFIG@
-
-OBJS= fs_ext2.o fsimext2.o
-
-SRCS= $(srcdir)/fs_ext2.c $(srcdir)/fsimext2.c
-
-
-LIBRARY= libext2fsim
-LIBDIR= evms
-
-ELF_VERSION = $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION).$(PATCH_LEVEL)
-ELF_SO_VERSION = $(MAJOR_VERSION)
-ELF_IMAGE = libe2fsim
-ELF_MYDIR = evms
-ELF_INSTALL_DIR = $(root_libdir)/evms
-#ELF_OTHER_LIBS = -L../.. -lcom_err
-
-ELF_LIB = $(ELF_IMAGE).$(ELF_VERSION).so
-ELF_SONAME = $(ELF_IMAGE).$(ELF_SO_VERSION).so
-
-all:: $(ELF_LIB)
-
-$(ELF_LIB): $(OBJS)
- $(CC) --shared -o $(ELF_LIB) -Wl,-soname,$(ELF_SONAME) \
- $(OBJS) $(ELF_OTHER_LIBS)
-
-installdirs::
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(ELF_INSTALL_DIR)
-
-install:: $(ELF_LIB) installdirs
- $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(ELF_LIB) $(DESTDIR)$(ELF_INSTALL_DIR)/$(ELF_LIB)
- $(STRIP) $(DESTDIR)$(ELF_INSTALL_DIR)/$(ELF_LIB)
-
-uninstall-shlibs uninstall::
- $(RM) -f $(DESTDIR)$(ELF_INSTALL_DIR)/$(ELF_LIB)
-
-clean::
- $(RM) -f $(ELF_LIB)
- $(RM) -f ../$(ELF_LIB) ../$(ELF_IMAGE).so ../$(ELF_SONAME)
-
-.c.o:
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -fPIC -c $< -o $@
-
-clean::
- $(RM) -f \#* *.s *.o *.a *~ *.bak core profiled/* checker/*
-
-mostlyclean:: clean
-distclean:: clean
- $(RM) -f .depend Makefile $(srcdir)/TAGS $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.old
-
-# +++ Dependency line eater +++
-#
-# Makefile dependencies follow. This must be the last section in
-# the Makefile.in file
-#
-fs_ext2.o: $(srcdir)/fs_ext2.c $(srcdir)/plugin.h $(srcdir)/dlist.h \
- $(srcdir)/common.h $(srcdir)/options.h $(srcdir)/enginestructs.h \
- $(srcdir)/plugfuncs.h $(srcdir)/fsimext2.h
-fsimext2.o: $(srcdir)/fsimext2.c $(srcdir)/plugin.h $(srcdir)/dlist.h \
- $(srcdir)/common.h $(srcdir)/options.h $(srcdir)/enginestructs.h \
- $(srcdir)/plugfuncs.h $(srcdir)/fsimext2.h
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2001
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: common.h
- */
-
-#ifndef EVMS_COMMON_H_INCLUDED
-#define EVMS_COMMON_H_INCLUDED 1
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-/* version info */
-#define EVMS_MAJOR_VERSION 1
-#define EVMS_MINOR_VERSION 2
-#define EVMS_PATCHLEVEL_VERSION 0
-
-#define EVMS_MAJOR 117
-
-#define MAX_EVMS_VOLUMES 256 /* There are 256 minors */
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_NAME_SIZE 127
-
-#define IBM_OEM_ID 8112 // could be anything, but used
-
-// I=8, B=1, M=12
-// this one going away as well.
-#define EVMS_OEM_IBM IBM_OEM_ID
-
-#define EVMS_INITIAL_CRC 0xFFFFFFFF
-#define EVMS_MAGIC_CRC 0x31415926
-
-#define EVMS_VSECTOR_SIZE 512
-#define EVMS_VSECTOR_SIZE_SHIFT 9
-
-#define DEV_PATH "/dev"
-#define EVMS_DIR_NAME "evms"
-#define EVMS_DEV_NAME "block_device"
-#define EVMS_DEV_NODE_PATH DEV_PATH "/" EVMS_DIR_NAME "/"
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_NAME DEV_PATH "/" EVMS_DIR_NAME "/" EVMS_DEV_NAME
-
-/* EVMS will always use 64-bit fields */
-typedef u_int64_t evms_sector_t;
-
-/* EVMS specific device handle type definition */
-typedef u_int64_t evms_dev_handle_t;
-
-typedef struct evms_version {
- /* major changes when incompatible differences are introduced */
- u_int32_t major;
- /* minor changes when additions are made */
- u_int32_t minor;
- /* patchlevel changes when bugs are fixed */
- u_int32_t patchlevel;
-} evms_version_t;
-
-typedef enum evms_plugin_code {
- EVMS_NO_PLUGIN, // 0
- EVMS_DEVICE_MANAGER, // 1
- EVMS_SEGMENT_MANAGER, // 2
- EVMS_REGION_MANAGER, // 3
- EVMS_FEATURE, // 4
- EVMS_ASSOCIATIVE_FEATURE, // 5
- EVMS_FILESYSTEM_INTERFACE_MODULE, // 6
- EVMS_CLUSTER_MANAGER_INTERFACE_MODULE, // 7
- EVMS_DISTRIBUTED_LOCK_MANAGER_INTERFACE_MODULE // 8
-} evms_plugin_code_t;
-
-#define SetPluginID(oem, type, id) ((oem << 16) | (type << 12) | id)
-#define GetPluginOEM(pluginid) (pluginid >> 16)
-#define GetPluginType(pluginid) ((pluginid >> 12) & 0xf)
-#define GetPluginID(pluginid) (pluginid & 0xfff)
-
-/* bit definitions for the flags field in
- * the EVMS LOGICAL NODE (kernel) and
- * the EVMS LOGICAL VOLUME (user) structures.
- */
-#define EVMS_FLAGS_WIDTH 32
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_FLAG (1<<0)
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_PARTIAL_FLAG (1<<1)
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_PARTIAL (1<<1)
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_SET_READ_ONLY (1<<2)
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_READ_ONLY (1<<2)
-
-/* queued flags bits */
-#define EVMS_REQUESTED_DELETE (1<<5)
-#define EVMS_REQUESTED_QUIESCE (1<<6)
-#define EVMS_REQUESTED_VFS_QUIESCE (1<<7)
-
-/* this bit indicates corruption */
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_CORRUPT (1<<8)
-
-/* these bits define the source of the corruption */
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_SOFT_DELETED (1<<9)
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_UNAVAILABLE (1<<10)
-
-/* these bits are used for moving objects. */
-#define EVMS_MOVE_PARENT (1<<11)
-
-/* these bits define volume status */
-#define EVMS_MEDIA_CHANGED (1<<20)
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_UNPLUGGED (1<<21)
-
-/* these bits used for removable status */
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_MEDIA_PRESENT (1<<24)
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_PRESENT (1<<25)
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_LOCKABLE (1<<26)
-#define EVMS_DEVICE_REMOVABLE (1<<27)
-
-/* version info for evms_feature_header_t */
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_HEADER_MAJOR 3
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_HEADER_MINOR 0
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_HEADER_PATCHLEVEL 0
-
-/* version info for evms_feature_header_t that has fields for move*/
-#define EVMS_MOVE_FEATURE_HEADER_MAJOR 3
-#define EVMS_MOVE_FEATURE_HEADER_MINOR 1
-#define EVMS_MOVE_FEATURE_HEADER_PATCHLEVEL 0
-
-/* bit definitions of FEATURE HEADER bits in the FLAGS field */
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_ACTIVE (1<<0)
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_VOLUME_COMPLETE (1<<1)
-
-/* bit definitions for VOLUME bits in the FLAGS field */
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_DATA_OBJECT (1<<16)
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_DATA_STOP (1<<17)
-
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_HEADER_SIGNATURE 0x54414546 // "FEAT"
-typedef struct evms_feature_header {
-/* 0*/
- u_int32_t signature;
-/* 4*/ u_int32_t crc;
-/* 8*/ evms_version_t version;
- /* structure version */
-/* 20*/ evms_version_t engine_version;
- /* version of the Engine that */
- /* wrote this feature header */
-/* 32*/ u_int32_t flags;
-/* 36*/ u_int32_t feature_id;
-/* 40*/ u_int64_t sequence_number;
-/* 48*/ u_int64_t alignment_padding;
- //required: starting lsn to 1st copy of feature's metadata.
-/* 56*/ evms_sector_t feature_data1_start_lsn;
-/* 64*/ evms_sector_t feature_data1_size;
- //in 512 byte units
- //optional: starting lsn to 2nd copy of feature's metadata.
- // if unused set size field to 0.
-/* 72*/ evms_sector_t feature_data2_start_lsn;
-/* 80*/ evms_sector_t feature_data2_size;
- //in 512 byte units
-/* 88*/ u_int64_t volume_serial_number;
-/* 96*/ u_int32_t volume_system_id;
- /* the minor is stored here */
-/*100*/ u_int32_t object_depth;
- /* depth of object in the volume tree */
-/*104*/ char object_name[EVMS_VOLUME_NAME_SIZE + 1];
-/*232*/ char volume_name[EVMS_VOLUME_NAME_SIZE + 1];
-/*360*/ u_int32_t move_source;
- /* version 3.1.0 feature header */
-/*364*/ u_int32_t move_target;
- /* version 3.1.0 feature header */
-/*368*/ unsigned char pad[144];
-/*512*/
-} evms_feature_header_t;
-
-/* EVMS specific error codes */
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_FATAL_ERROR 257
-#define EVMS_VOLUME_FATAL_ERROR 258
-
-#define EVMS_FEATURE_INCOMPLETE_ERROR 259
-
-/* Defines for storage object names */
-#define EVMS_NAME_SIZE EVMS_VOLUME_NAME_SIZE
-
-/* Defines for the flags in the storage_object_t structure */
-#define SOFLAG_DIRTY (1<<0)
-#define SOFLAG_NEW (1<<1)
-#define SOFLAG_READ_ONLY (1<<2)
-#define SOFLAG_FEATURE_HEADER_DIRTY (1<<3)
-#define SOFLAG_MUST_BE_TOP (1<<4)
-#define SOFLAG_IO_ERROR (1<<5)
-#define SOFLAG_CORRUPT (1<<6)
-#define SOFLAG_BIOS_READABLE (1<<7)
-#define SOFLAG_MUST_BE_VOLUME (1<<8)
-#define SOFLAG_NOT_CLAIMED (1<<9)
-#define SOFLAG_HAS_STOP_DATA (1<<10)
-
-/* Defines for flags in the storage_container_t structure */
-#define SCFLAG_DIRTY (1<<0)
-#define SCFLAG_NEW (1<<1)
-
-/* Defines for the flags in the logical_volume_t structure */
-#define VOLFLAG_DIRTY (1<<0)
-#define VOLFLAG_NEW (1<<1)
-#define VOLFLAG_READ_ONLY (1<<2)
-#define VOLFLAG_NEEDS_DEV_NODE (1<<3)
-#define VOLFLAG_COMPATIBILITY (1<<4)
-#define VOLFLAG_FOREIGN (1<<5)
-#define VOLFLAG_MKFS (1<<6)
-#define VOLFLAG_UNMKFS (1<<7)
-#define VOLFLAG_FSCK (1<<8)
-#define VOLFLAG_DEFRAG (1<<9)
-#define VOLFLAG_EXPAND_FS (1<<10)
-#define VOLFLAG_SHRINK_FS (1<<11)
-#define VOLFLAG_SYNC_FS (1<<12)
-#define VOLFLAG_PROBE_FS (1<<13)
-#define VOLFLAG_IS_EXTERNAL_LOG (1<<14)
-#define VOLFLAG_HAS_EXTERNAL_LOG (1<<15)
-
-/* A BOOLEAN variable is one which is either TRUE or FALSE. */
-#ifndef BOOLEAN_DEFINED
- #define BOOLEAN_DEFINED 1
-typedef unsigned char BOOLEAN;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TRUE
- #define TRUE 1
-#endif
-#ifndef FALSE
- #define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Logical Sector Number: This is a physical sector address on a system drive.
- */
-typedef u_int64_t lsn_t;
-
-/*
- * Logical Block Address: This is a sector address on a volume which will be
- * translated to a Logical Sector Number.
- */
-typedef u_int64_t lba_t;
-
-/*
- * A sector_count_t is a count of sectors. It is mainly used to hold the size
- * of a disk, segment, region, etc.
- */
-typedef u_int64_t sector_count_t;
-
-/*
- * A module_handle_t variable is one which holds a handle (or descriptor)
- * referencing a loaded module.
- */
-typedef void * module_handle_t;
-
-/*
- * The standard data type for Engine handles
- */
-typedef u_int32_t engine_handle_t;
-
-/*
- * An object_handle_t holds a handle for an EVMS Engine object.
- */
-typedef engine_handle_t object_handle_t;
-
-/*
- * A plugin_handle_t holds a handle for an EVMS Engine plug-in.
- */
-typedef engine_handle_t plugin_handle_t;
-
-/*
- * A plugin_ID_t holds a unique ID for a plug-in.
- */
-typedef u_int32_t plugin_id_t;
-
-/*
- * A plugin_type_t holds the type field of a plug-in's ID.
- */
-typedef u_int8_t plugin_type_t;
-
-/*
- * The various modes in which the Engine can be
- */
-typedef enum {
- ENGINE_CLOSED = 0,
- ENGINE_READONLY,
- ENGINE_READWRITE
-} engine_mode_t;
-
-/*
- * The geometry of a disk, segment, region, etc.
- */
-typedef struct geometry_s {
- u_int64_t cylinders;
- u_int32_t heads;
- u_int32_t sectors_per_track;
- u_int32_t bytes_per_sector;
- u_int64_t boot_cylinder_limit;
- u_int64_t block_size;
-} geometry_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Definitions and structures for progress indicators.
- */
-typedef enum {
- DISPLAY_PERCENT = 0, /* Display the progress as a percentage. */
- /* This is the default display mode. */
- DISPLAY_COUNT, /* Display the progress as a count. */
- INDETERMINATE /* Progress cannot be measured with a count */
- /* of items. Progress is simply "working". */
-} progress_type_t;
-
-typedef struct progress_s {
- /*
- * The plug-in MUST set id to zero on the first call. An id of zero
- * tells the UI to start a new progress indicator. The UI MUST set the
- * id field to a nonzero number that is unique from any other progress
- * indicators that may be in effect.
- */
- uint id;
-
- /* Short title for the progress indicator */
- char * title;
-
- /* Longer description of the task that is in progress */
- char * description;
-
- /* Type of progress indicator */
- progress_type_t type;
-
- /*
- * Current number of items completed. The plug-in should set count to
- * zero on the first call.
- */
- uint count;
-
- /*
- * Total number of items to be completed. The UI uses count/total_count
- * to calculate the percent complete. On the plug-in's last call to
- * update the progress it MUST set count >= total_count. When the UI
- * gets a call for progress and count >= total_count, it knows it is the
- * last call and closes the progress indicator.
- */
- uint total_count;
-
- /*
- * The plug-in may provide an estimate of how many seconds it will take
- * to complete the operation, but it is not required. If the plug-in is
- * not providing a time estimate it MUST set remaining_seconds to zero.
- *
- * The plug-in may update remaining_seconds on subsequent calls for
- * progress. If the plug-in does not provide a time estimate, the UI
- * may provide one based on the time elapsed between the calls to update
- * the progress and the numbers in the count and total_count fields.
- */
- uint remaining_seconds;
-
- /*
- * A place for the plug-in to store any data relating to this progress
- * indicator.
- */
- void * plugin_private_data;
-
- /*
- * A place for the UI to store any data relating to this progress
- * indicator.
- */
- void * ui_private_data;
-} progress_t;
-
-/*
- * The data types which a storage object can be.
- */
-typedef enum {
- META_DATA_TYPE = (1<<0),
- DATA_TYPE = (1<<1),
- FREE_SPACE_TYPE = (1<<2)
-} data_type_t;
-
-/*
- * The types of structures the Engine exports
- */
-typedef enum {
- PLUGIN = (1<<0),
- DISK = (1<<1),
- SEGMENT = (1<<2),
- REGION = (1<<3),
- EVMS_OBJECT = (1<<4),
- CONTAINER = (1<<5),
- VOLUME = (1<<6)
-} object_type_t;
-
-/*
- * Flags that can be used for filtering plug-ins on the evms_get_plugin_list API
- */
-typedef enum {
- SUPPORTS_CONTAINERS = (1<<0)
-} plugin_search_flags_t;
-
-/*
- * Flags that can be used for filtering objects on the evms_get_object_list API
- */
-typedef enum {
- TOPMOST = (1<<0),
- NOT_MUST_BE_TOP = (1<<1),
- WRITEABLE = (1<<2)
-} object_search_flags_t;
-
-#define VALID_INPUT_OBJECT (TOPMOST | NOT_MUST_BE_TOP | WRITEABLE)
-
-/*
- * Debug levels
- * These levels should be kept in sync with the debug levels defined for the
- * EVMS kernel in linux/evms/evms.h.
- */
-typedef enum {
- /*
- * Use CRITICAL for messages that indicate that the health of the
- * system/Engine is in jeopardy. Something _really_ bad happened,
- * such as failure to allocate memory or control structures are
- * corrupted.
- */
- CRITICAL = 0,
-
- /*
- * Use SERIOUS for messages that something bad has happened, but not
- * as bad a CRITICAL.
- */
- SERIOUS = 1,
-
- /*
- * Use ERROR for messages that indicate the user caused an error,
- * such as passing a bad parameter. The message should help the
- * user correct the problem.
- */
- ERROR = 2,
-
- /*
- * Use WARNING for messages that indicate that something is not quite
- * right and the user should know about it. You may or may not be able
- * to work around the problem.
- */
- WARNING = 3,
-
- /*
- * Use DEFAULT for informational messages that do not indicate problems,
- * or that a problem occurred but there was a work-around. DEFAULT
- * messages should be things that the user would usually want to know
- * during any run of the Engine, such as how many volumes were discovered
- * on the system, and not necessarily what a developer would want to know
- * (use DETAILS or DEBUG for that). Since DEFAULT is the default debug
- * level, be careful not to put DEFAULT messages in loops or frequently
- * executed code as they will bloat the log file.
- */
- DEFAULT = 5,
-
- /*
- * Use DETAILS to provide more detailed information about the system.
- * The message may provide additional information about the progress of
- * the system. It may contain more information about a DEFAULT message
- * or more information about an error condition.
- */
- DETAILS = 6,
-
- /*
- * Use DEBUG for messages that would help debug a problem, such as
- * tracing code paths or dumping the contents of variables.
- */
- DEBUG = 7,
-
- /*
- * Use EXTRA to provided more information than your standard debug
- * messages provide.
- */
-
- EXTRA = 8,
-
- /*
- * Use ENTRY_EXIT to trace entries and exits from functions.
- */
- ENTRY_EXIT = 9,
-
- /*
- * Use EVERYTHING for all manner of verbose output. Feel free to bloat
- * the log file with any messages that would help you debug a problem.
- */
- EVERYTHING = 10
-
-} debug_level_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Handy macros for finding the min and max of two numbers.
- */
-#ifndef min
- #define min(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b))
-#endif
-#ifndef max
- #define max(a,b) (((a)>(b))?(a):(b))
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2000
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: dlist.h
- *
- * Functions: dlist_t CreateList
- * int InsertItem
- * int InsertObject
- * int DeleteItem
- * int DeleteAllItems
- * int GetItem
- * int GetNextItem
- * int GetPreviousItem
- * int GetObject
- * int BlindGetObject
- * int GetNextObject
- * int GetPreviousObject
- * int ExtractItem
- * int ExtractObject
- * int BlindExtractObject
- * int ReplaceItem
- * int ReplaceObject
- * int GetTag
- * int GetHandle
- * int GetListSize
- * BOOLEAN ListEmpty
- * BOOLEAN AtEndOfList
- * BOOLEAN AtStartOfList
- * int DestroyList
- * int NextItem
- * int PreviousItem
- * int GoToStartOfList
- * int GoToEndOfList
- * int GoToSpecifiedItem
- * int SortList
- * int ForEachItem
- * int PruneList
- * int AppendList
- * int TransferItem
- * int CopyList
- * BOOLEAN CheckListIntegrity
- *
- * Description: This module implements a simple, generic, doubly linked list.
- * Data objects of any type can be placed into a linked list
- * created by this module. Furthermore, data objects of different
- * types may be placed into the same linked list.
- *
- * Notes: This linked list implementation makes use of the concept of the
- * current item. In any non-empty list, one item in the list will
- * be designated as the current item. When any of the following
- * functions are called, they will operate upon the current item
- * only: GetItem, ReplaceItem, DeleteItem, GetTag, NextItem,
- * PreviousItem, GetObject, ExtractItem, and ExtractObject. The
- * user of this module may set the current item through the use of
- * the GoToStartOfList, GoToEndOfList, NextItem, PreviousItem,
- * and GoToSpecifiedItem functions.
- *
- * Since a linked list created by this module may contain items
- * of different types, the user will need a way to identify items
- * of different types which may be in the same list. To allow users
- * to do this, the concept of an item tag is used. When an item is
- * added to the list, the user must enter an item tag. The item
- * tag is merely some identifier that the user wishes to associate
- * with the item being placed into the list. When used as intended,
- * each type of data item will have a unique tag associated with it.
- * This way, all data items of the same type will have the same tag
- * while data items of different types will have different tags.
- * Thus, by using the GetTag function, the user can get the item
- * tag for the current item without having to get the item from the
- * list. This allows the user to differentiate between items of
- * different types which reside in the same list.
- *
- * This module is single threaded. If used in a multi-threaded
- * environment, the user must implement appropriate access controls.
- *
- * When an item is inserted or appended to a list, this module
- * allocates memory on the heap to hold the item and then copies
- * the item to the memory that it allocated. This allows local
- * variables to be safely inserted or appended to a list. However,
- * it should be noted that under certain circumstances a copy of the
- * entire data item will NOT be made. Specifically, if the data item
- * is a structure or array containing pointers, then the data pointed
- * to by the pointers will NOT be copied even though the structure or
- * array is! This results from the fact that, when an item is being
- * inserted or appended to a list, the user provides just an address
- * and size. This module assumes that the item to inserted or append
- * lies in a contiguous block of memory at the address provided by the
- * user. This module has no way of knowing the structure of the data
- * at the specified address, and therefore can not know about any
- * embedded pointers which may lie within that block of memory.
- *
- * This module now employs the concept of a handle. A handle is a
- * reference to a specific item in a list which allows that item to
- * be made the current item in the list quickly. Example: If you
- * use the GetHandle function to get a handle for the current item
- * (lets call the item B1), then, regardless of where you are in the
- * list (or any reodering of the items in the list), you can make item
- * B1 the current item by passing its handle to the GoToSpecifiedItem
- * function. Alternatively, you could operate directly on B1 using
- * the other handle based functions, such as GetItem_By_Handle, for
- * example. GetItem_By_Handle gets the item associated with the
- * specified handle without changing which item in the list is the
- * current item in the list.
- *
- * The functions of this module refer to user data as either items or
- * objects. The difference between the two is simple, yet subtle. It
- * deals with who is responsible for the memory used to hold the data.
- * In the case of an item, this module is responsible for the memory
- * used to hold the user data. In the case of an object, the user
- * is responsible for the memory used to hold the data.
- *
- * What this means is that, for functions adding ITEMS to a list,
- * this module will be responsible for allocating memory to hold
- * the user data and then copying the user data into the memory
- * that was allocated. For functions which return items, this
- * module will COPY the user data from the LIST into a buffer
- * specified by the user. For functions which add objects to a
- * list, the user provides a pointer to a block of memory holding
- * user data. This block of memory was allocated by the user, and
- * becomes the "property" of this module once it has been added to
- * a LIST. For functions which return objects, a pointer to the
- * memory where the data is stored is returned. As long as an item/object
- * is in a LIST, this module will be responsible for the memory that
- * is used to store the data associated with that item. This means that
- * users of this module should not call free on an object returned by this
- * module as long as that object is still within a list.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef DLISTHANDLER
-
-#define DLISTHANDLER 1
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#ifndef BOOLEAN_DEFINED
- #define BOOLEAN_DEFINED 1
- typedef unsigned char BOOLEAN;
-#endif
-
-typedef void * ADDRESS;
-typedef ulong TAG;
-
-struct LinkNodeRecord
-{
- ADDRESS DataLocation; /* Where the data associated with this LinkNode is */
- uint DataSize; /* The size of the data associated with this LinkNode. */
- TAG DataTag; /* The item tag the user gave to the data. */
- struct MasterListRecord * ControlNodeLocation; /* The control node of the list containing this item. */
- struct LinkNodeRecord * NextLinkNode; /* The LinkNode of the next item in the list. */
- struct LinkNodeRecord * PreviousLinkNode; /* The LinkNode of the item preceding this one in the list. */
-};
-
-typedef struct LinkNodeRecord LinkNode;
-
-struct MasterListRecord
-{
- uint ItemCount; /* The number of items in the list. */
- LinkNode * StartOfList; /* The address of the LinkNode of the first item in the list. */
- LinkNode * EndOfList; /* The address of the LinkNode of the last item in the list. */
- LinkNode * CurrentItem; /* The address of the LinkNode of the current item in the list. */
-#ifdef USE_POOLMAN
- POOL NodePool; /* The pool of LinkNodes for this dlist_t. */
-#endif
- uint Verify; /* A field to contain the VerifyValue which marks this as a list created by this module. */
-};
-
-typedef struct MasterListRecord ControlNode;
-
-
-typedef ControlNode * dlist_t;
-
-
-#ifndef TRUE
- #define TRUE 1
-#endif
-#ifndef FALSE
- #define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-
-typedef enum _Insertion_Modes {
- InsertAtStart,
- InsertBefore,
- InsertAfter,
- AppendToList,
- } Insertion_Modes;
-
-/* Update the IS_DLIST_ERROR() macro below if you add, remove, or change */
-/* error codes. */
-
-#define DLIST_SUCCESS 0
-#define DLIST_OUT_OF_MEMORY ENOMEM
-
-#define DLIST_CORRUPTED 201
-#define DLIST_BAD 202
-#define DLIST_NOT_INITIALIZED 203
-#define DLIST_EMPTY 204
-#define DLIST_ITEM_SIZE_WRONG 205
-#define DLIST_BAD_ITEM_POINTER 206
-#define DLIST_ITEM_SIZE_ZERO 207
-#define DLIST_ITEM_TAG_WRONG 208
-#define DLIST_END_OF_LIST 209
-#define DLIST_ALREADY_AT_START 210
-#define DLIST_BAD_HANDLE 211
-#define DLIST_INVALID_INSERTION_MODE 212
-#define DLIST_OBJECT_NOT_FOUND 213
-#define DLIST_OBJECT_ALREADY_IN_LIST 214
-
-/* Macro to determine if an error code is a dlist error code. */
-
-#define IS_DLIST_ERROR(rc) ((abs(rc) >= DLIST_CORRUPTED) && (abs(rc) <= DLIST_OBJECT_ALREADY_IN_LIST))
-
-/* The following code is special. It is for use with the PruneList and ForEachItem functions. Basically, these functions
- can be thought of as "searching" a list. They present each item in the list to a user supplied function which can then
- operate on the items. If the user supplied function returns a non-zero error code, ForEachItem and PruneList abort and
- return an error to the caller. This may be undesirable. If the user supplied function used with PruneList and ForEachItem
- returns the code below, PruneList/ForEachItem will abort and return DLIST_SUCCESS. This allows PruneList and ForEachItem
- to be used to search a list and terminate the search when the desired item is found without having to traverse the
- remaining items in the list. */
-
-#define DLIST_SEARCH_COMPLETE 0xFF
-
-#ifdef USE_POOLMAN
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: CreateList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function allocates and initializes the */
-/* data structures associated with a list and */
-/* then returns a pointer to these structures. */
-/* */
-/* Input: uint InitialPoolSize - Each List gets a pool of */
-/* link nodes. When items are */
-/* added to the List, a link node*/
-/* is removed from the pool. */
-/* When an item is removed from */
-/* the List, the link node used */
-/* for that item is returned to */
-/* the pool. InitialPoolSize is */
-/* the number of link nodes to */
-/* place in the pool when the */
-/* pool is created. */
-/* uint MaximumPoolSize - When the pool runs out of */
-/* link nodes, new nodes are */
-/* allocated by the pool. When */
-/* these links start being */
-/* returned to the pool, the pool*/
-/* will grow. This parameter */
-/* puts a limit on how big the */
-/* pool may grow to. Once the */
-/* pool reaches this size, any */
-/* link nodes being returned to */
-/* the pool will be deallocated. */
-/* uint PoolIncrement - When the pool runs out of link*/
-/* nodes and more are required, */
-/* the pool will allocate one or */
-/* more link nodes. This tells the*/
-/* pool how many link nodes to */
-/* allocate at one time. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Success : The function return value will be non-NULL */
-/* */
-/* If Failure : The function return value will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: The function will only fail if it can not */
-/* allocate enough memory to create the new list */
-/* and its associated pool of link nodes. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-dlist_t CreateList(uint InitialPoolSize,
- uint MaximumPoolSize,
- uint PoolIncrement);
-
-#else
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: CreateList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function allocates and initializes the */
-/* data structures associated with a list and */
-/* then returns a pointer to these structures. */
-/* */
-/* Input: None. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Success : The function return value will be non-NULL */
-/* */
-/* If Failure : The function return value will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: The function will only fail if it can not */
-/* allocate enough memory to create the new list. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-dlist_t CreateList( void );
-
-#endif
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: InsertItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function inserts an item into a dlist_t.*/
-/* The item can be placed either before or */
-/* after the current item in the dlist_t. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToAddTo : The list to which the */
-/* data item is to be */
-/* added. */
-/* uint ItemSize : The size of the data item, in */
-/* bytes. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : The address of the data */
-/* to append to the list */
-/* TAG ItemTag : The item tag to associate with */
-/* item being appended to the list */
-/* ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in ListToAddTo which */
-/* is used to determine where */
-/* the item being transferred will */
-/* be placed. If this is NULL, */
-/* then the current item in */
-/* ListToAddTo will be used. */
-/* Insertion_Modes InsertMode : This indicates where, */
-/* relative to the item in */
-/* ListToAddTo specified by */
-/* Target_Handle, the item being */
-/* inserted can be placed. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item being inserted */
-/* into ListToAddTo becomes the */
-/* current item in ListToAddTo. */
-/* ADDRESS * Handle : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the handle for the item that was */
-/* inserted into the list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If all went well, the return value will be */
-/* DLIST_SUCCESS and *Handle will contain the ADDRESS of */
-/* the new item. If errors were encountered, the . */
-/* return value will be the error code and *Handle will */
-/* be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToAddTo does not point to a valid */
-/* list */
-/* ItemSize is 0 */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* The memory required to hold a copy of the */
-/* item can not be allocated. */
-/* The memory required to create a LINK NODE */
-/* can not be allocated. */
-/* TargetHandle is invalid or is for an item */
-/* in another list. */
-/* If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
-/* and any memory allocated by this function is */
-/* freed. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The item to add is copied to the heap to */
-/* avoid possible conflicts with the usage of */
-/* local variables in functions which process */
-/* dlist_ts. However, a pointer to a local variable */
-/* should not be appended to the dlist_t. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that TargetHandle is valid, or is at least*/
-/* the address of an accessible block of storage. If */
-/* TargetHandle is invalid, or is not the address of an */
-/* accessible block of storage, then a trap or exception */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may */
-/* occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int InsertItem (dlist_t ListToAddTo,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS TargetHandle,
- Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent,
- ADDRESS * Handle);
-
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: InsertObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function inserts an object into a */
-/* dlist_t. The object can be inserted before */
-/* or after the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToAddTo : The list to which the */
-/* data object is to be */
-/* inserted. */
-/* uint ItemSize : The size of the data item, in */
-/* bytes. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : The address of the data */
-/* to append to the list */
-/* TAG ItemTag : The item tag to associate with */
-/* the item being appended to the */
-/* list */
-/* ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in ListToAddTo which */
-/* is used to determine where */
-/* the item being transferred will */
-/* be placed. If this is NULL, */
-/* then the current item in */
-/* ListToAddTo will be used. */
-/* Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode : This indicates where, */
-/* relative to the item in */
-/* ListToAddTo specified by */
-/* Target_Handle, the item being */
-/* inserted can be placed. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item being inserted */
-/* into ListToAddTo becomes the */
-/* current item in ListToAddTo. */
-/* ADDRESS * Handle : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the handle for the item that was */
-/* inserted into the list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If all went well, the return value will be */
-/* DLIST_SUCCESS and *Handle will contain the ADDRESS of */
-/* the new item. If errors were encountered, the . */
-/* return value will be the error code and *Handle will */
-/* be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToAddTo does not point to a valid */
-/* list */
-/* ItemSize is 0 */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* The memory required for a LINK NODE can not */
-/* be allocated. */
-/* TargetHandle is invalid or is for an item */
-/* in another list. */
-/* If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
-/* and any memory allocated by this function is */
-/* freed. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The item to insert is NOT copied to the heap. Instead, */
-/* the location of the item is stored in the list. This */
-/* is the major difference between InsertObject and */
-/* InsertItem. InsertItem allocates memory on the heap, */
-/* copies the item to the memory it allocated, and stores */
-/* the address of the memory it allocated in the list. */
-/* InsertObject stores the address provided by the user. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that TargetHandle is valid, or is at least*/
-/* the address of an accessible block of storage. If */
-/* TargetHandle is invalid, or is not the address of an */
-/* accessible block of storage, then a trap or exception */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may */
-/* occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int InsertObject (dlist_t ListToAddTo,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS TargetHandle,
- Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent,
- ADDRESS * Handle);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ExclusiveInsertObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function inserts an object into a */
-/* dlist_t. The object can be inserted before */
-/* or after the current item in the list. If */
-/* object is already in the list, it is not */
-/* added again. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToAddTo : The list to which the */
-/* data object is to be */
-/* inserted. */
-/* uint ItemSize : The size of the data item, in */
-/* bytes. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : The address of the data */
-/* to append to the list */
-/* TAG ItemTag : The item tag to associate with */
-/* the item being appended to the */
-/* list */
-/* ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in ListToAddTo which */
-/* is used to determine where */
-/* the item being transferred will */
-/* be placed. If this is NULL, */
-/* then the current item in */
-/* ListToAddTo will be used. */
-/* Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode : This indicates where, */
-/* relative to the item in */
-/* ListToAddTo specified by */
-/* Target_Handle, the item being */
-/* inserted can be placed. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item being inserted */
-/* into ListToAddTo becomes the */
-/* current item in ListToAddTo. */
-/* ADDRESS * Handle : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the handle for the item that was */
-/* inserted into the list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If all went well, the return value will be */
-/* DLIST_SUCCESS and *Handle will contain the ADDRESS of */
-/* the new item. If errors were encountered, the . */
-/* return value will be the error code and *Handle will */
-/* be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToAddTo does not point to a valid */
-/* list */
-/* ItemSize is 0 */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* The memory required for a LINK NODE can not */
-/* be allocated. */
-/* TargetHandle is invalid or is for an item */
-/* in another list. */
-/* If this routine fails, an error code is returned*/
-/* and any memory allocated by this function is */
-/* freed. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The item to insert is NOT copied to the heap. Instead, */
-/* the location of the item is stored in the list. This */
-/* is the major difference between InsertObject and */
-/* InsertItem. InsertItem allocates memory on the heap, */
-/* copies the item to the memory it allocated, and stores */
-/* the address of the memory it allocated in the list. */
-/* InsertObject stores the address provided by the user. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that TargetHandle is valid, or is at least*/
-/* the address of an accessible block of storage. If */
-/* TargetHandle is invalid, or is not the address of an */
-/* accessible block of storage, then a trap or exception */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may */
-/* occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int ExclusiveInsertObject (dlist_t ListToAddTo,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS TargetHandle,
- Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent,
- ADDRESS * Handle);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: DeleteItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function removes the specified item from*/
-/* the list and optionally frees the memory */
-/* associated with it. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToDeleteFrom : The list whose current */
-/* item is to be deleted. */
-/* BOOLEAN FreeMemory : If TRUE, then the memory */
-/* associated with the current */
-/* item will be freed. If FALSE */
-/* then the current item will be */
-/* removed from the list but its */
-/* memory will not be freed. */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToDeleteFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL is used, then the current item */
-/* in ListToDeleteFrom will be deleted. */
-/* */
-/* Output: Return DLIST_SUCCESS if successful, else an error code.*/
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDeleteFrom is */
-/* not a valid list, or if ListToDeleteFrom is */
-/* empty, or if Handle is invalid. */
-/* If this routine fails, an error code is */
-/* returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: Items in a list can be accessed in two ways: A copy of */
-/* the item can be obtained using GetItem and its related */
-/* calls, or a pointer to the item can be obtained using */
-/* GetObject and its related calls. If you have a copy of */
-/* the data and wish to remove the item from the list, set */
-/* FreeMemory to TRUE. This will remove the item from the */
-/* list and deallocate the memory used to hold it. If you */
-/* have a pointer to the item in the list (from one of the */
-/* GetObject style functions) and wish to remove the item */
-/* from the list, set FreeMemory to FALSE. This removes */
-/* the item from the list without freeing its memory, so */
-/* that the pointer obtained with the GetObject style */
-/* functions is still useable. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs */
-/* to the current item in the list, in which case this */
-/* function behaves the same as DeleteItem. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int DeleteItem (dlist_t ListToDeleteFrom,
- BOOLEAN FreeMemory,
- ADDRESS Handle);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: DeleteAllItems */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function deletes all of the items in the*/
-/* specified list and optionally frees the */
-/* memory associated with each item deleted. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToDeleteFrom : The list whose items */
-/* are to be deleted. */
-/* BOOLEAN FreeMemory : If TRUE, then the memory */
-/* associated with each item in the*/
-/* list will be freed. If FALSE */
-/* then the each item will be */
-/* removed from the list but its */
-/* memory will not be freed. */
-/* */
-/* Output: Return DLIST_SUCCESS if successful, else an error code.*/
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDeleteFrom is */
-/* not a valid list, or if ListToDeleteFrom is */
-/* empty. */
-/* If this routine fails, an error code is */
-/* returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: Items in a list can be accessed in two ways: A copy of */
-/* the item can be obtained using GetItem and its related */
-/* calls, or a pointer to the item can be obtained using */
-/* GetObject and its related calls. If you have a copy of */
-/* the data and wish to remove the item from the list, set */
-/* FreeMemory to TRUE. This will remove the item from the */
-/* list and deallocate the memory used to hold it. If you */
-/* have a pointer to the item in the list (from one of the */
-/* GetObject style functions) and wish to remove the item */
-/* from the list, set FreeMemory to FALSE. This removes */
-/* the item from the list without freeing its memory, so */
-/* that the pointer obtained with the GetObject style */
-/* functions is still useable. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int DeleteAllItems (dlist_t ListToDeleteFrom,
- BOOLEAN FreeMemory);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: DeleteObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function removes the specified object */
-/* from the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToDeleteFrom : The list whose current */
-/* item is to be deleted. */
-/* ADDRESS Object : The address of the object to be removed*/
-/* from the list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: Return DLIST_SUCCESS if successful, else an error code.*/
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDeleteFrom is */
-/* not a valid list, or if ListToDeleteFrom is */
-/* empty, or if Handle is invalid. */
-/* If this routine fails, an error code is */
-/* returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs */
-/* to the current item in the list, in which case this */
-/* function behaves the same as DeleteItem. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int DeleteObject (dlist_t ListToDeleteFrom,
- ADDRESS Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function copies the specified item in */
-/* the list to a buffer provided by the caller. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : This is the location of the */
-/* buffer into which the current*/
-/* item is to be copied. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL, then the current item in the list*/
-/* will be used. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will */
-/* become the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
-/* the current item from ListToGetItemFrom. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may */
-/* occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid */
-/* handle corresponding to the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetItem( dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetNextItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function advances the current item */
-/* pointer and then copies the current item in */
-/* the list to a buffer provided by the caller. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : This is the location of the */
-/* buffer into which the current*/
-/* item is to be copied. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
-/* the current item from ListToGetItemFrom. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* The current item pointer will NOT be advanced. */
-/* The current item in the list will be the same */
-/* as before the call to this function. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* The current item in the list before this */
-/* function is called is the last item */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error */
-/* code will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may */
-/* occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetNextItem(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetPreviousItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the previous item in the */
-/* list the current item in the list and then */
-/* copies that item to a buffer provided by the */
-/* user. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : This is the location of the */
-/* buffer into which the current */
-/* item is to be copied. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
-/* the current item from ListToGetItemFrom. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* The current item pointer will NOT be advanced. */
-/* The current item in the list will be the same */
-/* as before the call to this function. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* The current item in the list before this */
-/* function is called is the last item */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error */
-/* code will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap may */
-/* occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetPreviousItem(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns the address of the data*/
-/* associated with the specified item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to have its address */
-/* returned to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL, then the current item in the list*/
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will */
-/* become the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of data associated */
-/* with the current item. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *Object will be the address of the data */
-/* associated with the current item in the list. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user should not free the memory associated with */
-/* the address returned by this function as the object is */
-/* still in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid */
-/* handle designating the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetObject(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: BlindGetObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns the address of the data*/
-/* associated with the specified item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current */
-/* item is to have its address */
-/* returned to the caller. */
-/* uint * ItemSize : The size of the current item */
-/* TAG * ItemTag : The tag of the current item */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL, then the current item in the list*/
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will */
-/* become the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of data associated */
-/* with the current item. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *Object will be the address of the data */
-/* associated with the current item in the list. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user should not free the memory associated with */
-/* the address returned by this function as the object is */
-/* still in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid */
-/* handle designating the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int BlindGetObject(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint * ItemSize,
- TAG * ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetNextObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function advances the current item */
-/* pointer and then returns the address of the */
-/* data associated with the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of data associated */
-/* with the next item. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *Object will be the address of the data */
-/* associated with the current item in the list. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* The current item pointer will NOT be advanced. */
-/* The current item in the list will be the same */
-/* as before the call to this function. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* The current item in the list before this */
-/* function is called is the last item */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user should not free the memory associated with */
-/* the address returned by this function as the object is */
-/* still in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetNextObject(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetPreviousObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the previous item in the */
-/* list the current item and then returns the */
-/* address of the data associated with the */
-/* current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of data associated */
-/* with the previous item. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *Object will be the address of the data */
-/* associated with the current item in the list. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* The current item pointer will NOT be advanced. */
-/* The current item in the list will be the same */
-/* as before the call to this function. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* The current item in the list before this */
-/* function is called is the last item */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user should not free the memory associated with */
-/* the address returned by this function as the object is */
-/* still in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetPreviousObject(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ExtractItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function copies the specified item in */
-/* the list to a buffer provided by the caller */
-/* and removes the item from the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : This is the location of the */
-/* buffer into which the current*/
-/* item is to be copied. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL, then the current item in the list*/
-/* will be used. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* The buffer at ItemLocation will contain a copy of */
-/* the current item from ListToGetItemFrom. */
-/* The item will have been removed from the list and */
-/* its memory deallocated. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, *Error will */
-/* contain a non-zero error code. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid */
-/* handle which refers to the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs */
-/* to the current item in the list, in which case the */
-/* item following the current item becomes the current */
-/* item in the list. If there is no item following the */
-/* current item in the list, then the item preceding the */
-/* current item will become the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int ExtractItem(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ExtractObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns the address of the data*/
-/* associated with the specified item in the */
-/* list and then removes that item from the list*/
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be copied and returned*/
-/* to the caller. */
-/* uint ItemSize : What the caller thinks the size of*/
-/* the current item is. */
-/* TAG ItemTag : What the caller thinks the item tag */
-/* of the current item is. */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL, then the current item in the */
-/* list will be used. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of data associated */
-/* with the current item. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *Object will be the address of the data */
-/* associated with the current item in the list. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user is responsible for the memory associated with */
-/* the address returned by this function since this */
-/* function removes that object from the list. This means */
-/* that, when the user is through with the object, they */
-/* should free it. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid */
-/* handle which refers to the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs */
-/* to the current item in the list, in which case the */
-/* item following the current item becomes the current */
-/* item in the list. If there is no item following the */
-/* current item in the list, then the item preceding the */
-/* current item will become the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int ExtractObject(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint ItemSize,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: BlindExtractObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns the address of the data*/
-/* associated with the specified item in the */
-/* list and then removes that item from the list*/
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom : The list whose current */
-/* item is to be copied and */
-/* returned to the caller. */
-/* uint * ItemSize : The size of the current item */
-/* TAG * ItemTag : The tag of the current item */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides*/
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If */
-/* NULL, then the current item in the */
-/* list will be used. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of data associated */
-/* with the current item. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful : */
-/* Return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *Object will be the address of the data */
-/* associated with the current item in the list. */
-/* If Failure : */
-/* Return an error code. */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under any of the */
-/* following conditions: */
-/* ListToGetItemFrom is not a valid list */
-/* ItemSize does not match the size of the */
-/* current item in the list */
-/* ItemTag does not match the item tag */
-/* of the current item in the list */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occur, an error code */
-/* will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user is responsible for the memory associated with */
-/* the address returned by this function since this */
-/* function removes that object from the list. This means */
-/* that, when the user is through with the object, they */
-/* should free it. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is considered a valid */
-/* handle which refers to the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list, unless the handle specified belongs */
-/* to the current item in the list, in which case the */
-/* item following the current item becomes the current */
-/* item in the list. If there is no item following the */
-/* current item in the list, then the item preceding the */
-/* current item will become the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int BlindExtractObject(dlist_t ListToGetItemFrom,
- uint * ItemSize,
- TAG * ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ReplaceItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function replaces the specified item in */
-/* the list with the one provided as its */
-/* argument. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToReplaceItemIn : The list whose current item*/
-/* is to be replaced */
-/* uint ItemSize : The size, in bytes, of the */
-/* replacement item */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : The address of the replacement */
-/* item */
-/* TAG ItemTag : The item tag that the user wishes to */
-/* associate with the replacement item */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides */
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If NULL */
-/* then the current item in the list will */
-/* used. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will */
-/* become the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful then return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If Unsuccessful, then return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToReplaceItemIn is empty */
-/* ItemSize is 0 */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* The memory required can not be allocated. */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occurs, an error */
-/* code will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is a valid handle which */
-/* refers to the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int ReplaceItem(dlist_t ListToReplaceItemIn,
- uint ItemSize,
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG ItemTag,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ReplaceObject */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function replaces the specified object */
-/* in the list with the one provided as its */
-/* argument. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToReplaceItemIn : The list whose current */
-/* object is to be replaced */
-/* uint ItemSize : The size, in bytes, of the */
-/* replacement object */
-/* ADDRESS ItemLocation : The address of the replacement */
-/* item */
-/* TAG ItemTag : The item tag that the user wishes to */
-/* associate with the replacement item */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item to get. This */
-/* handle must be of an item which resides */
-/* in ListToGetItemFrom, or NULL. If NULL */
-/* then the current item in the list will */
-/* be used. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item to get will */
-/* become the current item in the */
-/* list. */
-/* ADDRESS * Object : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the ADDRESS of the object that */
-/* was replaced. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If Successful then return DLIST_SUCCESS and the */
-/* *Object will contain the address of the object that */
-/* was replaced. */
-/* If Unsuccessful, then return an error code and */
-/* *Object will be NULL. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToReplaceItemIn is empty */
-/* ItemSize is 0 */
-/* ItemLocation is NULL */
-/* The memory required can not be allocated. */
-/* Handle is invalid, or is for an item */
-/* which is not in ListToGetItemFrom */
-/* If any of these conditions occurs, an error */
-/* code will be returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The user is responsible for the memory associated with */
-/* the object returned by this function as that object is */
-/* removed from the list. This means that, when the user */
-/* is through with the object returned by this function, */
-/* they should free it. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that if ItemLocation is not NULL, then */
-/* it is a valid address that can be dereferenced. If */
-/* these assumptions are violated, an exception or trap */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Handle is valid, or is at least the */
-/* address of an accessible block of storage. If Handle */
-/* is invalid, or is not the address of an accessible block*/
-/* of storage, then a trap or exception may occur. */
-/* NOTE: For this function, NULL is a valid handle for the */
-/* current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* It is assumed that Object is a valid address. If not, */
-/* an exception or trap may occur. */
-/* */
-/* This function does not alter which item is the current */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int ReplaceObject(dlist_t ListToReplaceItemIn,
- uint * ItemSize, /* On input - size of new object. On return = size of old object. */
- ADDRESS ItemLocation,
- TAG * ItemTag, /* On input - TAG of new object. On return = TAG of old object. */
- ADDRESS Handle,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent,
- ADDRESS * Object);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetTag */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns the item tag associated*/
-/* with the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetTagFrom : The list from which the item */
-/* tag of the current item is to*/
-/* be returned */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : The handle of the item whose TAG and */
-/* size we are to get. This handle must */
-/* be of an item which resides in */
-/* in ListToGetTagFrom, or NULL. If NULL */
-/* then the current item in the list will */
-/* be used. */
-/* uint * ItemSize : The size, in bytes, of the */
-/* current item in the list. */
-/* TAG * Tag : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the returned tag. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, the function returns DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* *ItemSize contains the size of the item. *Tag */
-/* contains the tag. */
-/* If unsuccessful, an error code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToGetTagFrom is */
-/* not a valid list or is an empty list. In either*/
-/* of these cases, an error code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetTag(dlist_t ListToGetTagFrom,
- ADDRESS Handle,
- uint * ItemSize,
- TAG * Tag);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetHandle */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns a handle for the */
-/* current item in the list. This handle is */
-/* then associated with that item regardless of */
-/* its position in the list. This handle can be*/
-/* used to make its associated item the current */
-/* item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetHandleFrom : The list from which a */
-/* handle is needed. */
-/* ADDRESS * Handle : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the handle */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, the function returns DLIST_SUCCESS and */
-/* *Handle is set to the handle for the current item */
-/* in ListToGetHandleFrom. */
-/* If unsuccessful, an error code is returned and *Handle */
-/* is set to 0. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToGetHandleFrom */
-/* is not a valid list or is an empty list. In */
-/* either of these cases, an error code is */
-/* returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: The handle returned is a pointer to the LinkNode of the */
-/* current item in the list. This allows the item to move */
-/* around in the list without losing its associated handle.*/
-/* However, if the item is deleted from the list, then the */
-/* handle is invalid and its use could result in a trap. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetHandle (dlist_t ListToGetHandleFrom,
- ADDRESS * Handle);
-
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GetListSize */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns the number of items in */
-/* a list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToGetSizeOf : The list whose size we wish to*/
-/* know */
-/* uint * Size : The address of a variable to hold */
-/* the size of the list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, the function returns DLIST_SUCCESS and */
-/* *Size contains the a count of the number of items */
-/* in the list. */
-/* If unsuccessful, an error code is returned and *Size */
-/* is set to 0. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToGetSizeOf is */
-/* not a valid list. If this happens, then an */
-/* error code is returned. . */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that Size contains a valid address. If */
-/* this assumption is violated, an exception or trap */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GetListSize(dlist_t ListToGetSizeOf,
- uint * Size);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ListEmpty */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns TRUE if the */
-/* specified list is empty, otherwise it returns*/
-/* FALSE. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToCheck : The list to check to see if it*/
-/* is empty */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, the function returns TRUE if the */
-/* number of items in the list is 0, otherwise it */
-/* returns FALSE. */
-/* If unsuccessful, the function returns TRUE. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will return TRUE if ListToCheck */
-/* is not a valid list. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-BOOLEAN ListEmpty(dlist_t ListToCheck);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: AtEndOfList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns TRUE if the */
-/* current item in the list is the last item */
-/* in the list. Returns FALSE otherwise. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToCheck : The list to check. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, the function returns TRUE if the */
-/* current item in the list is the last item in the */
-/* list. If it is not the last item in the list, */
-/* FALSE is returned. */
-/* If unsuccessful, the function returns FALSE. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will return FALSE ListToCheck is */
-/* not a valid list. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-BOOLEAN AtEndOfList(dlist_t ListToCheck);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: AtStartOfList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function returns TRUE if the */
-/* current item in the list is the first item */
-/* in the list. Returns FALSE otherwise. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToCheck : The list to check. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, the function returns TRUE if the */
-/* current item in the list is the first item in the */
-/* list. If it is not the first item in the list, */
-/* FALSE is returned. */
-/* If unsuccessful, the function returns FALSE */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will return FALSE if ListToCheck */
-/* is not a valid list. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-BOOLEAN AtStartOfList(dlist_t ListToCheck);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: DestroyList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function releases the memory associated */
-/* with the internal data structures of a */
-/* dlist_t. Once a dlist_t has been destroyed */
-/* by this function, it must be reinitialized */
-/* before it can be used again. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToDestroy : The list to be eliminated */
-/* from memory. */
-/* BOOLEAN FreeItemMemory : If TRUE, all items in the list */
-/* will be freed. If FALSE, all */
-/* items in the list are not */
-/* freed, only the list structures*/
-/* associated with them are. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToDestroy is not */
-/* a valid list. If this happens, then an error */
-/* code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: If FreeItemMemory is TRUE, then this function will try */
-/* to delete any items which may be in the list. However, */
-/* since this function has no way of knowing the internal */
-/* structure of an item, items which contain embedded */
-/* pointers will not be entirely freed. This can lead to */
-/* memory leaks. The programmer should ensure that any */
-/* list passed to this function when the FreeItemMemory */
-/* parameter is TRUE is empty or does not contain any */
-/* items with embedded pointers. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int DestroyList(dlist_t * ListToDestroy,
- BOOLEAN FreeItemMemory);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: NextItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the next item in the list*/
-/* the current item in the list (i.e. it */
-/* advances the current item pointer). */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToAdvance : The list whose current item */
-/* pointer is to be advanced */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToAdvance is not a valid list */
-/* ListToAdvance is empty */
-/* The current item is the last item in the */
-/* list */
-/* If any of these conditions occurs, then an */
-/* error code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int NextItem(dlist_t ListToAdvance);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: PreviousItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the previous item in the */
-/* list the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToChange : The list whose current item */
-/* pointer is to be changed */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail under the following */
-/* conditions: */
-/* ListToChange is not a valid list */
-/* ListToChange is empty */
-/* The current item is the first item in the */
-/* list */
-/* If any of these conditions occurs, then return */
-/* an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int PreviousItem(dlist_t ListToChange);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GoToStartOfList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the first item in the */
-/* list the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToReset : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be set to the first */
-/* item in the list */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToAdvance is not */
-/* a valid list. If this occurs, then an error */
-/* code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GoToStartOfList(dlist_t ListToReset);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GoToEndOfList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the last item in the */
-/* list the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToSet : The list whose current item */
-/* is to be set to the last item */
-/* in the list */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToAdvance is not */
-/* a valid list. If this occurs, then an error */
-/* code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GoToEndOfList(dlist_t ListToSet);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: GoToSpecifiedItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function makes the item associated with */
-/* Handle the current item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToReposition: The list whose current item */
-/* is to be set to the item */
-/* associated with Handle. */
-/* ADDRESS Handle : A handle obtained by using the */
-/* GetHandle function. This handle */
-/* identifies a unique item in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will fail if ListToAdvance is not */
-/* a valid list. If this occurs, then an error */
-/* code is returned. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: It is assumed that Handle is a valid handle and that */
-/* the item associated with Handle is still in the list. */
-/* If these conditions are not met, an exception or trap */
-/* may occur. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int GoToSpecifiedItem(dlist_t ListToReposition,
- ADDRESS Handle);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: SortList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function sorts the contents of a list. */
-/* The sorting algorithm used is a stable sort */
-/* whose performance is not dependent upon the */
-/* initial order of the items in the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToSort : The dlist_t that is to be sorted. */
-/* */
-/* int (*Compare) ( ... ) */
-/* */
-/* This is a pointer to a function that can compare any */
-/* two items in the list. It should return -1 if */
-/* Object1 is less than Object2, 0 if Object1 is equal */
-/* to Object2, and 1 if Object1 is greater than Object2.*/
-/* This function will be called during the sort whenever*/
-/* the sorting algorithm needs to compare two objects. */
-/* */
-/* The Compare function takes the following parameters: */
-/* */
-/* ADDRESS Object1 : The address of the data for the */
-/* first object to be compared. */
-/* TAG Object1Tag : The user assigned TAG value for the */
-/* first object to be compared. */
-/* ADDRESS Object2 : The address of the data for the */
-/* second object to be compared. */
-/* TAG Object2Tag : The user assigned TAG value for the */
-/* second object to be compared. */
-/* uint * Error : The address of a variable to hold the */
-/* error return value. */
-/* */
-/* If this function ever sets *Error to a non-zero value*/
-/* the sort will terminate and the error code will be */
-/* returned to the caller of the SortList function. */
-/* */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, this function will return DLIST_SUCCESS */
-/* and ListToSort will have been sorted. */
-/* If unsuccessful, an error code will be returned. */
-/* The order of the items in ListToSort is undefined */
-/* and may have changed. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will terminate if *Compare sets */
-/* *Error to a non-zero value, or if ListToSort */
-/* is invalid. If this function does terminate in */
-/* the middle of a sort, the order of the items in */
-/* ListToSort may be different than it was before */
-/* the function was called. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: This function works by breaking the list into sublists */
-/* and merging the sublists back into one list. The size */
-/* of the sublists starts at 1, and with each pass, the */
-/* of the sublists is doubled. The sort ends when the size*/
-/* of a sublist is greater than the size of the original */
-/* list. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int SortList(dlist_t ListToSort,
- int (*Compare) (ADDRESS Object1,
- TAG Object1Tag,
- ADDRESS Object2,
- TAG Object2Tag,
- uint * Error));
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: ForEachItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function passes a pointer to each item */
-/* in a list to a user provided function for */
-/* processing by the user provided function. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToProcess : The dlist_t whose items are to */
-/* be processed by the user */
-/* provided function. */
-/* */
-/* int (*ProcessItem) (...) */
-/* */
-/* This is a pointer to the user provided function. */
-/* This user provided function takes the following */
-/* parameters: */
-/* */
-/* ADDRESS Object : A pointer to an item in */
-/* ListToProcess. */
-/* TAG Object1Tag : The user assigned TAG value for */
-/* the item pointed to by Object. */
-/* ADDRESS Parameter : The address of a block of */
-/* memory containing any */
-/* parameters that the user */
-/* wishes to have passed to this*/
-/* function. */
-/* */
-/* ADDRESS Parameters : This field is passed through to */
-/* *ProcessItem. This function does */
-/* not even look at the contents of */
-/* this field. This field is here to */
-/* provide the user a way to pass */
-/* additional data to *ProcessItem */
-/* that *ProcessItem may need to */
-/* function correctly. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function aborts immediately when an error */
-/* is detected, and any remaining items in the list*/
-/* will not be processed. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: This function allows the user to access all of the items */
-/* in a list and perform an operation on them. The */
-/* operation performed must not free any items in the list, */
-/* or perform any list operations on the list being */
-/* processed. */
-/* */
-/* As an example of when this would be useful, consider a */
-/* a list of graphic objects (rectangles, triangles, circles*/
-/* etc.) which comprise a drawing. To draw the picture */
-/* that these graphic objects represent, one could build a */
-/* loop which gets and draws each item. Another way to */
-/* do this would be to build a drawing function which can */
-/* draw any of the graphic objects, and then use that */
-/* function as the ProcessItem function in a call to */
-/* ForEachItem. */
-/* */
-/* If the ProcessItem function returns an error code */
-/* other than DLIST_SUCCESS, then ForEachItem will terminate*/
-/* and return an error to whoever called it. The single */
-/* exception to this is if ProcessItem returns */
-/* DLIST_SEARCH_COMPLETE, in which case ForEachItem */
-/* terminates and returns DLIST_SUCCESS. This is */
-/* useful for using ForEachItem to search a list and then */
-/* terminating the search once the desired item is found. */
-/* */
-/* A word about the Parameters parameter. This parameter */
-/* is passed through to *ProcessItem and is never looked at */
-/* by this function. This means that the user can put any */
-/* value they desire into Parameters as long as it is the */
-/* same size (in bytes) as Parameters. The intended use of */
-/* Parameters is to allow the user to pass information to */
-/* *ProcessItem that *ProcessItem may need. Either way, */
-/* how Parameters is used is literally up to the user. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int ForEachItem(dlist_t ListToProcess,
- int (*ProcessItem) (ADDRESS Object,
- TAG ObjectTag,
- uint ObjectSize,
- ADDRESS ObjectHandle,
- ADDRESS Parameters),
- ADDRESS Parameters,
- BOOLEAN Forward);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: PruneList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: This function allows the caller to examine */
-/* each item in a list and optionally delete */
-/* it from the list. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToProcess : The dlist_t to be pruned. */
-/* */
-/* BOOLEAN (*KillItem) (...) */
-/* */
-/* This is a pointer to a user provided function. */
-/* This user provided function takes the following */
-/* parameters: */
-/* */
-/* ADDRESS Object : A pointer to an item in */
-/* ListToProcess. */
-/* TAG Object1Tag : The user assigned TAG value for */
-/* the item pointed to by Object. */
-/* ADDRESS Parameter : The address of a block of */
-/* memory containing any */
-/* parameters that the user */
-/* wishes to have passed to this*/
-/* function. */
-/* BOOLEAN * FreeMemory : The address of a BOOLEAN */
-/* variable which this */
-/* function will set to */
-/* either TRUE or FALSE. */
-/* If the function return */
-/* value is TRUE, then the */
-/* value in *FreeMemory will */
-/* be examined. If it is */
-/* TRUE, then PruneList will */
-/* free the memory associated*/
-/* with the item being */
-/* deleted. If *FreeMemory */
-/* is FALSE, then the item */
-/* being removed from the */
-/* dlist_t will not be freed,*/
-/* and it is up to the user */
-/* to ensure that this memory*/
-/* is handled properly. */
-/* uint * Error : The address of a variable to*/
-/* hold the error return value.*/
-/* */
-/* ADDRESS Parameters : This field is passed through to */
-/* *KillItem. This function does */
-/* not even look at the contents of */
-/* this field. This field is here to */
-/* provide the user a way to pass */
-/* additional data to *ProcessItem */
-/* that *ProcessItem may need to */
-/* function correctly. */
-/* */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function aborts immediately when an error */
-/* is detected, and any remaining items in the list*/
-/* will not be processed. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: This function allows the user to access all of the items */
-/* in a list, perform an operation on them, and then */
-/* optionally delete ("remove") them from the dlist_t. The */
-/* operation performed must not free any items in the list, */
-/* or perform any list operations on the list being */
-/* processed. */
-/* */
-/* If the KillItem function sets *Error to something other */
-/* than DLIST_SUCCESS, then PruneList will terminate and */
-/* return an error to whoever called it. The single */
-/* exception to this is if KillItem sets *Error to */
-/* DLIST_SEARCH_COMPLETE, in which case KillItem */
-/* terminates and sets *Error to DLIST_SUCCESS. This is */
-/* useful for using KillItem to search a list and then */
-/* terminating the search once the desired item is found. */
-/* */
-/* A word about the Parameters parameter. This parameter */
-/* is passed through to *ProcessItem and is never looked at */
-/* by this function. This means that the user can put any */
-/* value they desire into Parameters as long as it is the */
-/* same size (in bytes) as Parameters. The intended use of */
-/* Parameters is to allow the user to pass information to */
-/* *ProcessItem that *ProcessItem may need. Either way, */
-/* how Parameters is used is literally up to the user. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int PruneList(dlist_t ListToProcess,
- BOOLEAN (*KillItem) (ADDRESS Object,
- TAG ObjectTag,
- uint ObjectSize,
- ADDRESS ObjectHandle,
- ADDRESS Parameters,
- BOOLEAN * FreeMemory,
- uint * Error),
- ADDRESS Parameters);
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: AppendList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: Removes the items in SourceList and appends */
-/* them to TargetList. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t TargetList : The dlist_t which is to have the */
-/* items from SourceList appended to */
-/* it. */
-/* dlist_t SourceList : The dlist_t whose items are to be */
-/* removed and appended to TargetList.*/
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* SourceList will be empty, and TargetList will contain*/
-/* all of its original items and all of the items that */
-/* were in SourceList. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code. SourceList and */
-/* TargetList will be unmodified. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will abort immediately upon */
-/* detection of an error. All errors that can be */
-/* detected are detected before the contents of */
-/* SourceList are appended to TargetList, so if an*/
-/* error is detected and the function aborts, */
-/* SourceList and TargetList are unaltered. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int AppendList(dlist_t TargetList,
- dlist_t SourceList);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: TransferItem */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: Removes an item in SourceList and places in */
-/* TargetList. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t SourceList : The dlist_t containing the item */
-/* which is to be transferred. */
-/* ADDRESS SourceHandle : The handle of the item in */
-/* SourceList which is to be */
-/* transferred to another dlist_t. */
-/* If this is NULL, then the */
-/* current item in SourceList will */
-/* be used. */
-/* dlist_t TargetList : The dlist_t which is to receive the*/
-/* item being transferred. */
-/* ADDRESS TargetHandle : The item in TargetList which */
-/* is used to determine where */
-/* the item being transferred will */
-/* be placed. If this is NULL, */
-/* then the current item in */
-/* TargetList will be used. */
-/* Insertion_Modes TransferMode : This indicates where, */
-/* relative to the item in */
-/* TargetList specified by */
-/* Target_Handle, the item being */
-/* transferred can be placed. */
-/* BOOLEAN MakeCurrent : If TRUE, the item transferred to */
-/* TargetList becomes the current */
-/* item in TargetList. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS, SourceList will be */
-/* empty, and TargetList will contain all of its */
-/* original items and all of the items that were in */
-/* SourceList. */
-/* If unsuccessful, an error code will be returned and */
-/* SourceList and TargetList will be unmodified. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will abort immediately upon */
-/* detection of an error. All errors that can be */
-/* detected are detected before the contents of */
-/* SourceList are appended to TargetList, so if an*/
-/* error is detected and the function aborts, */
-/* SourceList and TargetList are unaltered. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int TransferItem(dlist_t SourceList,
- ADDRESS SourceHandle,
- dlist_t TargetList,
- ADDRESS TargetHandle,
- Insertion_Modes TransferMode,
- BOOLEAN MakeCurrent);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: CopyList */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: Copies the items in SourceList to the */
-/* TargetList. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t TargetList : The dlist_t which is to have the */
-/* items from SourceList copied to it.*/
-/* dlist_t SourceList : The dlist_t whose items are to be */
-/* copied to TargetList. */
-/* */
-/* Output: If successful, return DLIST_SUCCESS. */
-/* SourceList will be unchanged and TargetList will */
-/* contain all of its original items and all of the */
-/* items that were in SourceList. */
-/* If unsuccessful, return an error code. SourceList and */
-/* TargetList will be unmodified. */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: This function will abort immediately upon */
-/* detection of an error. All errors that can be */
-/* detected are detected before the contents of */
-/* SourceList are appended to TargetList, so if an*/
-/* error is detected and the function aborts, */
-/* SourceList and TargetList are unaltered. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-int CopyList(dlist_t TargetList,
- dlist_t SourceList,
- Insertion_Modes Insert_Mode);
-
-
-/*********************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Function Name: CheckListIntegrity */
-/* */
-/* Descriptive Name: Checks the integrity of a dlist_t. All link */
-/* nodes in the list are checked, as are all */
-/* fields in the list control block. */
-/* */
-/* Input: dlist_t ListToCheck - The list whose integrity is to be */
-/* checked. */
-/* */
-/* Output: The function return value will be TRUE if all of the */
-/* elements in the dlist_t are correct. If this function */
-/* returns FALSE, then the dlist_t being checked has been */
-/* corrupted! */
-/* */
-/* Error Handling: If this function encounters an error in a */
-/* dlist_t, it will return FALSE. */
-/* */
-/* Side Effects: None. */
-/* */
-/* Notes: None. */
-/* */
-/*********************************************************************/
-BOOLEAN CheckListIntegrity(dlist_t ListToCheck);
-
-
-#endif
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2001
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: enginestructs.h
- */
-
-#ifndef EVMS_ENGINESTRUCTS_H_INCLUDED
-#define EVMS_ENGINESTRUCTS_H_INCLUDED 1
-
-#include <byteswap.h>
-#include <dlist.h>
-#include <common.h>
-#include <options.h>
-
-struct plugin_functions_s;
-struct fsim_functions_s;
-struct container_functions_s;
-
-/*
- * The so_record_t contains information about a .so that was loaded which
- * contains plug-in(s).
- */
-typedef struct so_record_s {
- char * name;
- module_handle_t handle;
- dlist_t plugin_list;
-} so_record_t;
-
-
-typedef struct plugin_record_s {
- object_handle_t app_handle; /* External API handle for this structure; */
- /* used only by the Engine */
- plugin_id_t id; /* Plug-in's ID */
- evms_version_t version; /* Plug-in's version */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- evms_version_t required_api_version; /* Version of the Engine plug-in API */
- /* that the plug-in requires */
-#else
- evms_version_t required_engine_api_version;
- /* Version of the Engine services API */
- /* that the plug-in requires */
- union {
- evms_version_t plugin; /* Version of the Engine plug-in API */
- /* that the plug-in requires */
- evms_version_t fsim; /* Version of the Engine FSIM API */
- /* that the FSIM plug-in requires */
- } required_plugin_api_version;
- evms_version_t required_container_api_version;
- /* Version of the Engine container API */
- /* that the plug-in requires */
-#endif
- so_record_t * so_record; /* Record for the shared object from */
- /* which the plug-in was loaded */
- char * short_name;
- char * long_name;
- char * oem_name;
- union {
- struct plugin_functions_s * plugin;
- struct fsim_functions_s * fsim;
- } functions;
- struct container_functions_s * container_functions; /* Optional container functions if the */
- /* plug-in supports containers */
-} plugin_record_t;
-
-
-typedef struct storage_object_s {
- object_handle_t app_handle; /* External API handle for this structure; */
- /* used only by the Engine */
- object_type_t object_type; /* SEGMENT, REGION, DISK ,... */
- data_type_t data_type; /* DATA_TYPE, META_DATA_TYPE, FREE_SPACE_TYPE */
- plugin_record_t * plugin; /* Plug-in record of plug-in that manages this object */
- struct storage_container_s * producing_container; /* storage_container that produced this object */
- struct storage_container_s * consuming_container; /* storage_container that consumed this object */
- dlist_t parent_objects; /* List of parent objects, filled in by parent */
- dlist_t child_objects; /* List of child objects, filled in by owner */
- struct storage_object_s * associated_object; /* Object to which this object is associated */
- u_int32_t flags; /* Defined by SOFLAG_???? in common.h */
- lsn_t start; /* Relative starting sector of this object */
- sector_count_t size; /* Size of object in sectors */
- struct logical_volume_s * volume; /* Volume which comprises this object */
- evms_feature_header_t * feature_header; /* Copy of EVMS storage object's top feature header */
- /* read in by Engine */
- /* NULL if it does not exist */
- geometry_t geometry; /* Optional geometry of the object */
- void * private_data; /* Optional plug-in's data for the object */
- void * consuming_private_data;/* Optional consuming plug-in's data for the object */
- char name[EVMS_NAME_SIZE+1];/* Object's name, filled in by owner */
-} storage_object_t;
-
-
-typedef struct storage_container_s {
- object_handle_t app_handle; /* External API handle for this structure; */
- /* used only by the Engine */
- plugin_record_t * plugin; /* Plug-in record of the plug-in that manages */
- /* this container */
- /* Filled in by the plug-in during discover */
- /* or create_container() */
- uint flags; /* Defined by SCFLAG_???? in common.h */
- dlist_t objects_consumed; /* List of objects in this container */
- /* The Engine allocate_container API will create the */
- /* dlist_t anchor for this list. */
- /* The plug-in inserts storage_object_t structures */
- /* into this list when it assigns objects to this */
- /* container. */
- dlist_t objects_produced; /* List of objects produced from this container, */
- /* including free space objects */
- /* The Engine allocate_container API will create the */
- /* dlist_t anchor for this list. */
- /* The plug-in inserts storage_object_t structures */
- /* into this list when it produces objects from this */
- /* container. */
- sector_count_t size; /* Total size of all objects on the objects_produced list */
- void * private_data; /* Optional plug-in data for the container */
- char name[EVMS_NAME_SIZE+1]; /* Container name, filled in by the plug-in */
-} storage_container_t;
-
-
-/*
- * The logical_volume structures are created and managed by the Engine.
- */
-typedef struct logical_volume_s {
- object_handle_t app_handle; /* External API handle for this structure; */
- /* used only by the Engine */
- plugin_record_t * file_system_manager; /* Plug-in record of the File System Interface */
- /* Module that handles this volume */
- plugin_record_t * original_fsim; /* Plug-in record of the File System Interface */
- /* Module that was initially discovered for this volume */
- char * mount_point; /* Dir where the volume is mounted, NULL if not mounted */
- sector_count_t fs_size; /* Size of the file system */
- sector_count_t min_fs_size; /* Minimum size for the file system */
- sector_count_t max_fs_size; /* Maximum size for the file system */
- sector_count_t original_vol_size; /* Size of the file system before expand or shrink */
- sector_count_t vol_size; /* Size of the volume */
- sector_count_t max_vol_size; /* Maximum size for the volume */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- sector_count_t shrink_vol_size; /* Size to which to shrink the volume */
-#endif
- struct logical_volume_s * associated_volume; /* Volume to which this volume is associated */
- /* by an associative feature */
- option_array_t * mkfs_options; /* Options for mkfs */
- option_array_t * fsck_options; /* Options for fsck */
- option_array_t * defrag_options; /* Options for defrag */
- storage_object_t * object; /* Top level storage_object_t for the volume */
- uint minor_number; /* Volume's minor number */
- u_int64_t serial_number; /* Volume's serial number */
- u_int32_t flags; /* Defined by VOLFLAG_???? defines */
- void * private_data; /* Private data pointer for FSIMs. */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- void * original_fsim_private_data;
- /* Private data of original FSIM. */
-#endif
- char name[EVMS_VOLUME_NAME_SIZE+1];
- /* Volume name, filled in by the Engine */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- char dev_node[EVMS_VOLUME_NAME_SIZE+1];
- /* Device node */
-#endif
-} logical_volume_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Structure for a declined object. Includes a pointer to the declined object
- * and a reason (usually an error code).
- */
-typedef struct declined_object_s {
- storage_object_t * object;
- int reason;
-} declined_object_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Tags for objects in dlists
- */
-typedef enum {
- PLUGIN_TAG = PLUGIN,
- DISK_TAG = DISK,
- SEGMENT_TAG = SEGMENT,
- REGION_TAG = REGION,
- EVMS_OBJECT_TAG = EVMS_OBJECT,
- CONTAINER_TAG = CONTAINER,
- VOLUME_TAG = VOLUME,
- DECLINED_OBJECT_TAG = (1<<7),
- VOLUME_DATA_TAG = (1<<8),
- TASK_TAG = (1<<9),
- KILL_SECTOR_TAG = (1<<10),
- BLOCK_RUN_TAG = (1<<11),
- EXPAND_OBJECT_TAG = (1<<12),
- SHRINK_OBJECT_TAG = (1<<13)
-} dlist_tag_t;
-
-
-typedef struct chs_s {
- u_int32_t cylinder;
- u_int32_t head;
- u_int32_t sector;
-} chs_t;
-
-/*
- * The block_run_t is used to describe a run of contiguous physical sectors on
- * a disk.
- */
-typedef struct block_run_s {
- storage_object_t * disk;
- lba_t lba;
- u_int64_t number_of_blocks;
-} block_run_t;
-
-/*
- * The kill_sector_record_t structure records a run of contiguous physical
- * sectors on a disk that are to be zeroed out as part of the committing of
- * changes to the disk. Kill sectors are used to wipe data off of the disk
- * so that it will not be found on a rediscover.
- */
-typedef struct kill_sector_record_s {
- storage_object_t * logical_disk;
- lsn_t sector_offset;
- sector_count_t sector_count;
-} kill_sector_record_t;
-
-/*
- * The expand_object_info_t structure contains information about an object
- * that is a candidate for expanding. It contains a pointer to the object
- * and the maximum delta size by which the object can expand.
- */
-typedef struct expand_object_info_s {
- storage_object_t * object;
- sector_count_t max_expand_size;
-} expand_object_info_t;
-
-/*
- * The shrink_object_info_t structure contains information about an object
- * that is a candidate for shrinking. It contains a pointer to the object
- * and the maximum delta size by which the object can shrink.
- */
-typedef struct shrink_object_info_s {
- storage_object_t * object;
- sector_count_t max_shrink_size;
-} shrink_object_info_t;
-
-/*
- * Option descriptor structure
- */
-typedef struct option_desc_array_s {
- u_int32_t count; /* Number of option descriptors in the following array */
- option_descriptor_t option[1]; /* option_descriptor_t is defined in option.h */
-} option_desc_array_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Task context structure
- */
-typedef struct task_context_s {
- plugin_record_t * plugin; /* Plug-in being communicated with */
- storage_object_t * object; /* Object upon which to do the action */
- storage_container_t * container; /* Container upon which to do the action */
- logical_volume_t * volume; /* Volume upon which to do the action */
- task_action_t action; /* API application is interested in calling */
- option_desc_array_t * option_descriptors; /* Array of current task option descriptors */
- dlist_t acceptable_objects; /* Current list of acceptable parameters */
- dlist_t selected_objects; /* Current list of selected parameters */
- u_int32_t min_selected_objects; /* Minimum number of objects that must be selected. */
- u_int32_t max_selected_objects; /* Maximum number of objects that can be selected. */
-} task_context_t;
-
-
-/* Enum for the phases of the commit process. */
-typedef enum {
- SETUP = 0,
- FIRST_METADATA_WRITE = 1,
- SECOND_METADATA_WRITE = 2,
- POST_REDISCOVER = 3
-} commit_phase_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Macros for referencing fields in disk structures.
- * EVMS writes all disk structures in little endian format. These macros can
- * be used to access the fields of structures on disk regardless of the
- * endianness of the CPU architecture.
- */
-
-#if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
-#define CPU_TO_DISK16(x) (bswap_16(x))
-#define CPU_TO_DISK32(x) (bswap_32(x))
-#define CPU_TO_DISK64(x) (bswap_64(x))
-
-#define DISK_TO_CPU16(x) (bswap_16(x))
-#define DISK_TO_CPU32(x) (bswap_32(x))
-#define DISK_TO_CPU64(x) (bswap_64(x))
-
-#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
-#define CPU_TO_DISK16(x) (x)
-#define CPU_TO_DISK32(x) (x)
-#define CPU_TO_DISK64(x) (x)
-
-#define DISK_TO_CPU16(x) (x)
-#define DISK_TO_CPU32(x) (x)
-#define DISK_TO_CPU64(x) (x)
-
-#else
-#error "__BYTE_ORDER must be defined as __LITTLE_ENDIAN or __BIG_ENDIAN"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2000
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: fs_ext2.c
- *
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <plugin.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#include "fsimext2.h"
-
-static plugin_record_t *pMyPluginRecord = &ext2_plugrec;
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-+ +
-+ Start Of EVMS Plugin Functions +
-+ (exported to engine via function table) +
-+ +
-+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 120)
-static int fs_setup( engine_functions_t *engine_function_table)
-#else
-static int fs_setup( engine_mode_t mode, engine_functions_t *engine_function_table)
-#endif
-{
- int rc = 0;
- EngFncs = engine_function_table;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /*
- * We don't really care about the e2fsprogs version, but we leave
- * this here in case we do at a later date....
- */
- rc = fsim_test_version();
-#if 0
- if ( rc ) {
- LOG_WARNING( "e2fsprogs must be version 1.XXX or later to function properly with this FSIM.\n" );
- LOG_WARNING( "Please get the current version of e2fsprogs from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net\n" );
- rc = ENOSYS;
- }
-#endif
- LOGEXIT();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Free all of the private data item we have left on volumes.
- */
-static void fs_cleanup()
-{
- int rc = 0;
- dlist_t global_volumes;
- union{logical_volume_t *lvt; void *vp;}volume;
- LOGENTRY();
-
- rc = EngFncs->get_volume_list(pMyPluginRecord, &global_volumes);
- if (!rc) {
- while (ExtractObject(global_volumes, sizeof(logical_volume_t), VOLUME_TAG, NULL, &volume.vp)==0) {
- if (volume.lvt->private_data) {
- EngFncs->engine_free(volume.lvt->private_data);
- }
- }
- }
- LOGEXIT();
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Does this FSIM manage the file system on this volume?
- * Return 0 for "yes", else a reason code.
- */
-static int fs_probe(logical_volume_t * volume)
-{
- int rc = 0;
- struct ext2_super_block *sb_ptr;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* allocate space for copy of superblock in private data */
- sb_ptr = EngFncs->engine_alloc( SIZE_OF_SUPER );
-
- if ( sb_ptr ) {
- memset( (void *) sb_ptr, 0, SIZE_OF_SUPER );
-
- /* get and validate ext2 superblock */
- rc = fsim_get_ext2_superblock( volume, sb_ptr );
-
- if ( !rc ) {
- /* store copy of valid EXT2/3 superblock in private data */
- volume->private_data = (void*)sb_ptr;
- } else {
- /* could not get valid EXT2/3 superblock */
- volume->private_data = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- rc = ENOMEM;
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Can mkfs this volume?
- */
-static int fs_can_mkfs(logical_volume_t * volume)
-{
- int rc=0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /*****************************************************
- * FUTURE - ensure mke2fs exists *
- *****************************************************/
-
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- /* If mounted, can't format. */
- rc = EBUSY;
- } else if ((volume->vol_size * PBSIZE) < MINEXT2) {
- /* voluem size must be >= MINEXT2 */
- rc = EPERM;
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Can unmkfs this volume?
- */
-static int fs_can_unmkfs(logical_volume_t * volume)
-{
- int rc=0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- /* If mounted, can't unmkfs. */
- rc = EBUSY;
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Can fsck this volume?
- */
-static int fs_can_fsck(logical_volume_t * volume)
-{
- int rc=0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /*****************************************************
- * FUTURE - ensure e2fsck exists *
- * match version with available functions *
- *****************************************************/
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Get the current size of this volume
- */
-static int fs_get_fs_size( logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * size )
-{
- int rc = EINVAL;
- struct ext2_super_block *sb = (struct ext2_super_block *)volume->private_data;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (!sb) {
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* get and validate current ext2/3 superblock */
- rc = fsim_get_ext2_superblock( volume, sb );
-
- if (!rc && sb) {
- *size = sb->s_blocks_count << (1 + sb->s_log_block_size);
- rc = 0;
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Get the size limits for this volume.
- */
-static int fs_get_fs_limits( logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * fs_min_size,
- sector_count_t * fs_max_size,
- sector_count_t * vol_max_size)
-{
- int rc = EINVAL;
- struct ext2_super_block *sb_ptr = (struct ext2_super_block *) volume->private_data;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (!sb_ptr) {
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* get and validate current ext2 superblock */
- rc = fsim_get_ext2_superblock( volume, sb_ptr );
-
- if ( !rc ) {
- rc = fsim_get_volume_limits( sb_ptr, fs_min_size, fs_max_size, vol_max_size);
- LOG_EXTRA("volume:%s, min:%lld, max:%lld\n",EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume), *fs_min_size, *fs_max_size);
- LOG_EXTRA("fssize:%lld, vol_size:%lld\n",volume->fs_size,volume->vol_size );
-
- if (*fs_min_size > volume->vol_size) {
- LOG_ERROR("EXT2 FSIM returned min size > volume size, setting min size to volume size\n");
- *fs_min_size = volume->vol_size;
- }
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Expand the volume to new_size. If the volume is not expanded exactly to
- * new_size, set new_sie to the new_size of the volume.
- */
-static int fs_expand( logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * new_size )
-{
- struct ext2_super_block *sb;
- int rc = 0;
- char *argv[7];
- pid_t pidf;
- int status;
- int fds1[2]; /* pipe for stdin 0=read 1=write */
- int fds2[2]; /* pipe for stderr and stdout 0=-read,1=write */
- int bytes_read;
- char *buffer = NULL;
- int banner = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* get and validate current ext2/3 superblock */
- sb = (struct ext2_super_block *) volume->private_data;
- rc = fsim_get_ext2_superblock( volume, sb );
- if (rc) {
- goto errout;
- }
- if ((sb->s_lastcheck < sb->s_mtime) ||
- (sb->s_state & EXT2_ERROR_FS) ||
- ((sb->s_state & EXT2_VALID_FS) == 0)) {
- MESSAGE("Running fsck before expanding volume");
- rc = fsim_fsck(volume, NULL, &status );
- if (rc) {
- MESSAGE("Attempt to execute fsck failed (%d)", rc);
- MESSAGE("Aborting volume expand");
- goto errout;
- }
- if (status >= 4) {
- MESSAGE("Aborting volume expand");
- rc = status;
- goto errout;
- }
- }
-
- /* don't expand if mounted */
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- rc = EBUSY;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- if (pipe(fds1)) {
- rc = errno;
- goto errout;
- }
- if (pipe(fds2)) {
- rc = errno;
- goto errout;
- }
- if (!(buffer = EngFncs->engine_alloc(MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN))) {
- rc = ENOMEM;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- /* Fork and execute the correct program. */
- switch (pidf = fork()) {
-
- /* error */
- case -1:
- return EIO;
-
- /* child */
- case 0:
- argv[0] = "resize2fs";
- SET_STRING_FIELD(argv[1], EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume));
- argv[2] = NULL;
-
- dup2(fds1[0],0); /* fds1[0] replaces stdin */
- dup2(fds2[1],1); /* fds2[1] replaces stdout */
- dup2(fds2[1],2); /* fds2[1] replaces stderr */
- close(fds2[0]); /* don't need this here */
- close(fds1[1]); /* don't need this here */
-
- rc = execvp( argv[0], argv );
-
- /* using exit() can hang GUI, use _exit */
- _exit(errno);
-
- /* parent */
- default:
- /*
- * WARNING: Do Not close read handle of stdin or
- * you will cause a SIGPIPE if you write after the
- * child process has gone away.
- */
-/* close(fds1[0]); */
- close(fds2[1]);
-
- /* wait for child to complete */
- fcntl(fds2[0], F_SETFL, fcntl(fds2[0], F_GETFL,0) | O_NONBLOCK);
- while (!(waitpid( pidf, &status, WNOHANG ))) {
- bytes_read = read(fds2[0],buffer,MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN);
- if (bytes_read > 0) {
- if (!banner)
- MESSAGE("expand output:");
- banner = 1;
- MESSAGE("%s", buffer);
- memset(buffer,0,bytes_read); /* clear out message */
- }
- usleep(10000); /* don't hog all the cpu */
- }
- /* do final read, just in case we missed some */
- bytes_read = read(fds2[0],buffer,MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN);
- if (bytes_read > 0) {
- if (!banner)
- MESSAGE("expand output:");
- MESSAGE("%s",buffer);
- }
- if ( WIFEXITED(status) ) {
- /* get expand exit code */
- rc = WEXITSTATUS(status);
- if (rc)
- LOG("Expand completed successfully\n");
- else
- LOG("Expand completed with rc = %d\n", status);
- } else {
- if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
- LOG("Expand died with signal %d",
- WTERMSIG(status));
- rc = EINTR;
- }
- }
- if (buffer) {
- EngFncs->engine_free(buffer);
- }
- fs_get_fs_size(volume, new_size);
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * "unmkfs" the volume
- */
-static int fs_unmkfs(logical_volume_t * volume)
-{
- int rc = EINVAL;
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- /* If mounted, can't unmkfs. */
- rc = EBUSY;
- } else if ( (rc = fsim_unmkfs(volume)) == FSIM_SUCCESS ){
- volume->private_data = NULL;
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Shrink the volume to new_size. If the volume is not expanded exactly to
- * new_size, set new_size to the new_size of the volume.
- */
-static int fs_shrink( logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t requested_size,
- sector_count_t * new_size )
-{
- int rc = 0;
- char *argv[7];
- pid_t pidf;
- int status;
- int fds1[2]; /* pipe for stdin 0=read 1=write */
- int fds2[2]; /* pipe for stderr and stdout 0=-read,1=write */
- int bytes_read;
- char *buffer = NULL;
- char size_buf[128];
- struct ext2_super_block *sb;
- int banner = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* don't shrink if mounted */
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- LOGEXITRC();
- return EBUSY;
- }
-
- /* get and validate current ext2/3 superblock */
- sb = (struct ext2_super_block *) volume->private_data;
- rc = fsim_get_ext2_superblock( volume, sb );
- if (rc) {
- goto errout;
- }
-
- requested_size = requested_size >> (1 + sb->s_log_block_size);
- if ((sb->s_lastcheck < sb->s_mtime) ||
- (sb->s_state & EXT2_ERROR_FS) ||
- ((sb->s_state & EXT2_VALID_FS) == 0)) {
- MESSAGE("Running fsck before shrinking volume");
- rc = fsim_fsck(volume, NULL, &status );
- if (rc) {
- MESSAGE("Attempt to execute fsck failed (%d)", rc);
- MESSAGE("Aborting volume shrink");
- goto errout;
- }
- if (status >= 4) {
- MESSAGE("Aborting volume shrink");
- rc = status;
- goto errout;
- }
- }
-
- if (pipe(fds1)) {
- rc = errno;
- goto errout;
- }
- if (pipe(fds2)) {
- rc = errno;
- goto errout;
- }
- if (!(buffer = EngFncs->engine_alloc(MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN))) {
- rc = ENOMEM;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- /* Fork and execute the correct program. */
- switch (pidf = fork()) {
-
- /* error */
- case -1:
- return EIO;
-
- /* child */
- case 0:
- argv[0] = "resize2fs";
- SET_STRING_FIELD(argv[1], EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume));
- sprintf(size_buf,"%lld", (sector_count_t)requested_size);
- argv[2] = size_buf;
- argv[3] = NULL;
-
- dup2(fds1[0],0); /* fds1[0] replaces stdin */
- dup2(fds2[1],1); /* fds2[1] replaces stdout */
- dup2(fds2[1],2); /* fds2[1] replaces stderr */
- close(fds2[0]); /* don't need this here */
- close(fds1[1]); /* don't need this here */
-
- rc = execvp( argv[0], argv );
-
- /* using exit() can hang GUI, use _exit */
- _exit(errno);
-
- /* parent */
- default:
- /*
- * WARNING: Do Not close read handle of stdin or you
- * will cause a SIGPIPE if you write after the child
- * process has gone away.
- */
- /* close(fds1[0]); */
- close(fds2[1]);
- write(fds1[1], "Yes\n",4);
-
- fcntl(fds2[0], F_SETFL, fcntl(fds2[0], F_GETFL,0) | O_NONBLOCK);
- /* wait for child to complete */
- while (!(waitpid( pidf, &status, WNOHANG ))) {
- bytes_read = read(fds2[0],buffer,MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN);
- if (bytes_read > 0) {
- if (!banner)
- MESSAGE("Shrink output:");
- banner = 1;
- MESSAGE("%s", buffer);
- memset(buffer,0,bytes_read); /* clear out message */
- }
- usleep(10000); /* don't hog all the cpu */
- }
- /* do final read, just in case we missed some */
- bytes_read = read(fds2[0],buffer,MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN);
- if (bytes_read > 0) {
- if (!banner)
- MESSAGE("Shrink output:");
- MESSAGE("%s",buffer);
- }
- if ( WIFEXITED(status) ) {
- /* get shrink exit code */
- rc = WEXITSTATUS(status);
- if (rc)
- LOG("Shrink completed successfully\n");
- else
- LOG("Shrink completed with rc = %d\n",status);
- } else {
- if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
- LOG("Shrink died with signal %d",
- WTERMSIG(status));
- rc = EINTR;
- }
- }
- if (buffer) {
- EngFncs->engine_free(buffer);
- }
- fs_get_fs_size(volume, new_size);
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- * Format the volume.
- */
-static int fs_mkfs(logical_volume_t * volume, option_array_t * options )
-{
- int rc = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* don't format if mounted */
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- rc = EBUSY;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- rc = fsim_mkfs(volume, options);
-
- /* probe to set up private data */
- if (!rc) {
- rc = fs_probe(volume);
- }
-
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Run fsck on the volume.
- */
-static int fs_fsck(logical_volume_t * volume, option_array_t * options )
-{
- int rc = EINVAL;
- int status;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- rc = fsim_fsck( volume, options, &status );
- if (rc)
- goto errout;
-
- /*
- * If the volume is mounted, e2fsck checked READ ONLY
- * regardless of options specified. If the check was READ
- * ONLY and errors were found, let the user know how to fix
- * them.
- */
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume) && (status & FSCK_ERRORS_UNCORRECTED)) {
- MESSAGE( "%s is mounted.", EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume) );
- MESSAGE( "e2fsck checked the volume READ ONLY and found, but did not fix, errors." );
- MESSAGE( "Unmount %s and run e2fsck again to repair the file system.", EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume) );
- }
- if (status > 4) {
- MESSAGE( "e2fsck exited with status code %d.", status);
- }
-
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Return the total number of supported options for the specified task.
- */
-static int fs_get_option_count(task_context_t * context)
-{
- int count = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- switch(context->action) {
- case EVMS_Task_mkfs:
- count = MKFS_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT;
- break;
- case EVMS_Task_fsck:
- count = FSCK_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT;
- break;
- default:
- count = -1;
- break;
- }
-
- LOGEXIT();
- return count;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Fill in the initial list of acceptable objects. Fill in the minimum and
- * maximum nuber of objects that must/can be selected. Set up all initial
- * values in the option_descriptors in the context record for the given
- * task. Some fields in the option_descriptor may be dependent on a
- * selected object. Leave such fields blank for now, and fill in during the
- * set_objects call.
- */
-static int fs_init_task( task_context_t * context )
-{
- dlist_t global_volumes;
- union{logical_volume_t *lvt; void *vp;}volume;
- void* waste;
- int size;
- union{unsigned long u; TAG t;}tag;
- int rc = 0;
- option_descriptor_t *opt;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- context->min_selected_objects = 1;
- context->max_selected_objects = 1;
- context->option_descriptors->count = 0;
-
- /* Parameter check */
- if (!context) {
- rc = EFAULT;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- rc = EngFncs->get_volume_list(NULL, &global_volumes);
-
- while (!(rc = BlindExtractObject(global_volumes, &size, &tag.t, NULL, &volume.vp))) {
-
- switch (context->action) {
- case EVMS_Task_mkfs:
- /* only mkfs unformatted volumes */
- if ((volume.lvt->file_system_manager == NULL) &&
- !EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume.lvt) &&
- ((volume.lvt->vol_size * PBSIZE) > MINEXT2)) {
- rc = InsertObject(context->acceptable_objects, sizeof(logical_volume_t), volume.lvt, VOLUME_TAG, NULL, InsertAtStart, TRUE, (void **)&waste);
- }
- break;
-
- case EVMS_Task_fsck:
- /* only fsck our stuff */
- if (volume.lvt->file_system_manager == &ext2_plugrec) {
- rc = InsertObject(context->acceptable_objects, sizeof(logical_volume_t), volume.lvt, VOLUME_TAG, NULL, InsertAtStart, TRUE, (void **)&waste);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- rc = EINVAL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (rc == DLIST_EMPTY || rc == DLIST_END_OF_LIST) {
- rc = 0;
- }
-
- switch (context->action) {
-
- case EVMS_Task_mkfs:
-
- context->option_descriptors->count = MKFS_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT;
-
- /* check for bad blocks option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[MKFS_CHECKBB_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "badblocks" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Check For Bad Blocks" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Check the volume for bad blocks before building the file system." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
-
- /* check for r/w bad blocks option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[MKFS_CHECKRW_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "badblocks_rw" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "RW Check For Bad Blocks" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Do a read/write check for bad blocks before building the file system." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
-
- /* Set Volume Label option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[MKFS_SETVOL_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "vollabel" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Volume Label" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Set the volume label for the file system." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 16;
-#else
- opt->min_len = 0;
- opt->max_len = 16;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED | EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NO_INITIAL_VALUE;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.s = EngFncs->engine_alloc(17);
- if (opt->value.s == NULL) {
- LOGEXIT();
- return ENOMEM;
- }
-
- /* create ext3 journal option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[MKFS_JOURNAL_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "journal" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Create Ext3 Journal" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Create a journal for use with the ext3 file system." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = TRUE;
-
- break;
-
- case EVMS_Task_fsck:
-
- context->option_descriptors->count = FSCK_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT;
-
- /* force check option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_FORCE_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "force" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Force Check" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Force complete file system check." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
-
- /* read-only check option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_READONLY_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "readonly" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Check Read-Only" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Check the file system READ ONLY. Report but do not correct errors." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- /* if volume is mounted, only possible fsck.ext2 options is READONLY */
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(context->volume)) {
- opt->value.bool = TRUE;
- } else {
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* check for bad blocks option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "badblocks" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Check For Bad Blocks" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Check for bad blocks and mark them as busy." );
- opt->help = NULL;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(context->volume)) {
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_INACTIVE;
- } else {
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- }
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
-
- /* check for r/w bad blocks option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "badblocks_rw" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "RW Check For Bad Blocks" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Do a read/write check for bad blocks and mark them as busy." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(context->volume)) {
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_INACTIVE;
- } else {
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED;
- }
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
-
- /* timing option */
- opt = &context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_TIMING_INDEX];
- SET_STRING(opt->name, "timing" );
- SET_STRING(opt->title, "Timing Statistics" );
- SET_STRING(opt->tip, "Print timing statistics." );
- opt->help = NULL;
- opt->type = EVMS_Type_Boolean;
- opt->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- opt->size = 0;
-#endif
- opt->flags = EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED | EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_INACTIVE;
- opt->constraint_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- opt->value.bool = FALSE;
- break;
-
- default:
- rc = EINVAL;
- break;
- }
-
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Examine the specified value, and determine if it is valid for the task
- * and option_descriptor index. If it is acceptable, set that value in the
- * appropriate entry in the option_descriptor. The value may be adjusted
- * if necessary/allowed. If so, set the effect return value accordingly.
- */
-static int fs_set_option( task_context_t * context,
- u_int32_t index,
- value_t * value,
- task_effect_t * effect )
-{
- int rc= 0, other;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* Parameter check */
- if (!context || !value || !effect) {
- rc = EFAULT;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- *effect = 0;
-
- switch (context->action) {
-
- case EVMS_Task_mkfs:
- switch (index) {
-
- case MKFS_CHECKBB_INDEX:
- case MKFS_CHECKRW_INDEX:
- /* Conflicts with each other */
- if (index == MKFS_CHECKBB_INDEX)
- other = MKFS_CHECKRW_INDEX;
- else
- other = MKFS_CHECKBB_INDEX;
- if (context->option_descriptors->option[other].value.bool) {
- context->option_descriptors->option[other].value.bool = FALSE;
- *effect = EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options;
- }
- /* Fall through */
-
- case MKFS_JOURNAL_INDEX:
- context->option_descriptors->option[index].value.bool = value->bool;
- break;
-
- case MKFS_SETVOL_INDEX:
- /* 'set volume label' option set? */
- strncpy(context->option_descriptors->option[index].value.s, value->s, 16);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case EVMS_Task_fsck:
- switch (index) {
-
- case FSCK_READONLY_INDEX:
- /* 'check read only' option set? */
- context->option_descriptors->option[index].value.bool = value->bool;
-
- /* If mounted, only allow 'yes' for check read only */
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(context->volume) && !value->bool) {
- context->option_descriptors->option[index].value.bool = TRUE;
- *effect = EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options;
- }
-
- /* If read-only, we can't check for bad blocks */
- if (context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX].value.bool ||
- context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX].value.bool) {
- context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX].value.bool = FALSE;
- context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX].value.bool = FALSE;
- *effect = EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options;
- break;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX:
- case FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX:
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(context->volume) && value->bool) {
- MESSAGE("Can't check for bad blocks when the volume is mounted.");
- context->option_descriptors->option[index].value.bool = FALSE;
- *effect = EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Conflicts with each other */
- if (index == FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX)
- other = FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX;
- else
- other = FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX;
- if (context->option_descriptors->option[other].value.bool) {
- context->option_descriptors->option[other].value.bool = FALSE;
- *effect = EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options;
- }
-
- /* Conflicts with read-only option */
- if (context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_READONLY_INDEX].value.bool) {
- context->option_descriptors->option[FSCK_READONLY_INDEX].value.bool = FALSE;
- *effect = EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options;
- }
-
- /* Fall Through */
-
- case FSCK_FORCE_INDEX:
- case FSCK_TIMING_INDEX:
- context->option_descriptors->option[index].value.bool = value->bool;
-
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Validate the volumes in the selected_objects dlist in the task context.
- * Remove from the selected objects lists any volumes which are not
- * acceptable. For unacceptable volumes, create a declined_handle_t
- * structure with the reason why it is not acceptable, and add it to the
- * declined_volumes dlist. Modify the accepatble_objects dlist in the task
- * context as necessary based on the selected objects and the current
- * settings of the options. Modify any option settings as necessary based
- * on the selected objects. Return the appropriate task_effect_t settings
- * if the object list(s), minimum or maximum objects selected, or option
- * settings have changed.
- */
-static int fs_set_volumes( task_context_t * context,
- dlist_t declined_volumes, /* of type declined_handle_t */
- task_effect_t * effect )
-{
- int rc = 0;
- union{logical_volume_t *lvt; ADDRESS addr;}vol;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (effect)
- *effect = 0;
-
- if (context->action == EVMS_Task_mkfs) {
-
- /* get the selected volume */
- rc = GetObject(context->selected_objects,sizeof(logical_volume_t),VOLUME_TAG,NULL,FALSE, &vol.addr);
-
- if (!rc) {
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(vol.lvt)) {
- /* If mounted, can't mkfs.ext2. */
- rc = EBUSY;
- } else {
- if ( (vol.lvt->vol_size * PBSIZE) < MINEXT2) {
-
- /*****************************************************
- * FUTURE - move this volume to unacceptable list *
- *****************************************************/
-
- MESSAGE( "The size of volume %s is %d bytes.", EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(vol.lvt), vol.lvt->vol_size * PBSIZE );
- MESSAGE( "mke2fs requires a minimum of %u bytes to build the ext2/3 file system.", MINEXT2 );
- rc = EPERM;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Return any additional information that you wish to provide about the
- * volume. The Engine privides an external API to get the information
- * stored in the logical_volume_t. This call is to get any other
- * information about the volume that is not specified in the
- * logical_volume_t. Any piece of information you wish to provide must be
- * in an extended_info_t structure. Use the Engine's engine_alloc() to
- * allocate the memory for the extended_info_t. Also use engine_alloc() to
- * allocate any strings that may go into the extended_info_t. Then use
- * engine_alloc() to allocate an extended_info_array_t with enough entries
- * for the number of exteneded_info_t structures you are returning. Fill
- * in the array and return it in *info.
- * If you have extended_info_t descriptors that themselves may have more
- * extended information, set the EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag
- * in the extended_info_t flags field. If the caller wants more information
- * about a particular extended_info_t item, this API will be called with a
- * pointer to the sotrage_object_t and with a pointer to the name of the
- * extended_info_t item. In that case, return an extended_info_array_t with
- * further information about the item. Each of those items may have the
- * EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag set if you desire. It is your
- * resposibility to give the items unique names so that you know which item
- * the caller is asking additional information for. If info_name is NULL,
- * the caller just wants top level information about the object.
- */
-static int fs_get_volume_info( logical_volume_t * volume,
- char * info_name,
- extended_info_array_t * * info )
-{
- int rc = EINVAL;
- extended_info_array_t *Info;
- struct ext2_super_block *sb_ptr = (struct ext2_super_block *)volume->private_data;
-
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (!sb_ptr) {
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* get and validate current ext2 superblock */
- rc = fsim_get_ext2_superblock( volume, sb_ptr );
-
- if (info_name || rc) {
- rc = EINVAL;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- /* reset limits. */
- fs_get_fs_limits( volume, &volume->min_fs_size,
- &volume->max_fs_size, &volume->max_vol_size);
-
- Info = EngFncs->engine_alloc( sizeof(extended_info_array_t) + ( 5 * sizeof(extended_info_t) ) );
-
- if (!Info) {
- rc = ENOMEM;
- goto errout;
- }
-
- Info->count = 5;
-
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[0].name, "Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[0].title, "Ext2 Revision Number" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[0].desc, "Ext2 Revision Number.");
- Info->info[0].type = EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int32;
- Info->info[0].unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- Info->info[0].value.ui32 = sb_ptr->s_rev_level;
- Info->info[0].collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &Info->info[0].group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[1].name, "State" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[1].title, "Ext2 State" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[1].desc, "The state of Ext2.");
- Info->info[1].type = EVMS_Type_String;
- Info->info[1].unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- if (sb_ptr->s_feature_incompat & EXT3_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_RECOVER) {
- SET_STRING_FIELD(Info->info[1].value.s, "Needs journal replay");
- } else if (sb_ptr->s_state & EXT2_ERROR_FS) {
- SET_STRING_FIELD(Info->info[1].value.s, "Had errors");
- } else if (sb_ptr->s_state & EXT2_VALID_FS) {
- SET_STRING_FIELD(Info->info[1].value.s, "Clean");
- } else {
- SET_STRING_FIELD(Info->info[1].value.s, "Dirty");
- }
- Info->info[1].collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &Info->info[1].group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[2].name, "VolLabel" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[2].title, "Volume Label" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[2].desc, "File system volume label.");
- Info->info[2].type = EVMS_Type_String;
- Info->info[2].unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
-
- Info->info[2].value.s = EngFncs->engine_alloc(17);
- if (!Info->info[2].value.s)
- return -ENOMEM;
- Info->info[2].value.s[16] = 0;
- memcpy(Info->info[2].value.s, sb_ptr->s_volume_name, 16);
- Info->info[2].collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &Info->info[2].group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[3].name, "Size" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[3].title, "File System Size" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[3].desc, "Size of the file system.");
- Info->info[3].type = EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int64;
- Info->info[3].unit = EVMS_Unit_Sectors;
- Info->info[3].value.ui64 = sb_ptr->s_blocks_count <<
- (1 + sb_ptr->s_log_block_size);
- Info->info[3].collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &Info->info[3].group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[4].name, "FreeSpace" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[4].title, "Free File System Space" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( Info->info[4].desc, "Amount of unused space in the file system.");
- Info->info[4].type = EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int64;
- Info->info[4].unit = EVMS_Unit_Sectors;
- Info->info[4].value.ui64 = sb_ptr->s_free_blocks_count <<
- (1 + sb_ptr->s_log_block_size);
- Info->info[3].collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &Info->info[3].group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- *info = Info;
-
- rc = 0;
-
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Returns Plugin specific information ...
- */
-static int fs_get_plugin_info( char * descriptor_name, extended_info_array_t * * info )
-{
- int rc = EINVAL;
- extended_info_array_t *Info;
- extended_info_t *iptr;
- char version_string[64];
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- char required_version_string[64];
-#else
- char required_engine_api_version_string[64];
- char required_fsim_api_version_string[64];
-#endif
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- if (info) {
-
- if (descriptor_name == NULL) {
- *info = NULL; /* init to no info returned */
-
- Info = EngFncs->engine_alloc( sizeof(extended_info_array_t) + (9*sizeof(extended_info_t)) );
- if (Info) {
-
- Info->count = 0;
-
- sprintf(version_string, "%d.%d.%d",
- MAJOR_VERSION,
- MINOR_VERSION,
- PATCH_LEVEL );
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- sprintf(required_version_string, "%d.%d.%d",
- pMyPluginRecord->required_api_version.major,
- pMyPluginRecord->required_api_version.minor,
- pMyPluginRecord->required_api_version.patchlevel );
-#else
- sprintf(required_engine_api_version_string, "%d.%d.%d",
- pMyPluginRecord->required_engine_api_version.major,
- pMyPluginRecord->required_engine_api_version.minor,
- pMyPluginRecord->required_engine_api_version.patchlevel );
-
- sprintf(required_fsim_api_version_string, "%d.%d.%d",
- pMyPluginRecord->required_plugin_api_version.fsim.major,
- pMyPluginRecord->required_plugin_api_version.fsim.minor,
- pMyPluginRecord->required_plugin_api_version.fsim.patchlevel );
-#endif
-
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Short Name" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Short Name" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "A short name given to this plugin.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, pMyPluginRecord->short_name );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Long Name" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Long Name" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "A long name given to this plugin.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, pMyPluginRecord->long_name );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Type" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Plugin Type" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "There are various types of plugins; each responsible for some kind of storage object.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, "File System Interface Module" );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Plugin Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "This is the version number of the plugin.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, version_string );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Required Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Required Engine Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "This is the version of the engine that the plugin requires. It will not run on older versions of the Engine.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, required_version_string );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-#else
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Required Engine Services Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Required Engine Services Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "This is the version of the Engine services that this plug-in requires. It will not run on older versions of the Engine services.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, required_engine_api_version_string );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "Required Engine FSIM API Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "Required Engine FSIM API Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "This is the version of the Engine FSIM API that this plug-in requires. It will not run on older versions of the Engine FSIM API.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, required_fsim_api_version_string );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-#endif
-
-#if defined(PACKAGE) && defined(VERSION)
- iptr = &Info->info[Info->count++];
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->name, "E2fsprogs Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->title, "E2fsprogs Version" );
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->desc, "This is the version of the e2fsprogs that this plugin was shipped with.");
- iptr->type = EVMS_Type_String;
- iptr->unit = EVMS_Unit_None;
- SET_STRING_FIELD( iptr->value.s, VERSION );
- iptr->collection_type = EVMS_Collection_None;
- memset( &iptr->group, 0, sizeof(group_info_t));
-#endif
-
- *info = Info;
-
- rc = 0;
- } else {
- rc = ENOMEM;
- }
-
- } else {
- /* There is no more information on any of the descriptors. */
- rc = EINVAL;
- }
- }
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * How much can file system expand?
- */
-static int fs_can_expand_by(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * delta)
-{
- int rc = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- rc = EBUSY; /* If mounted, can't expand */
- goto errout;
- }
- fs_get_fs_limits( volume, /* reset limits */
- &volume->min_fs_size,
- &volume->max_fs_size,
- &volume->max_vol_size);
- if (volume->fs_size + *delta > volume->max_fs_size) {
- *delta = volume->max_fs_size - volume->fs_size;
- }
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * How much can file system shrink?
- */
-static int fs_can_shrink_by(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * delta)
-{
- int rc = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
- if (EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- rc = EBUSY; /* If mounted, can't shrink */
- goto errout;
- }
- fs_get_fs_limits( volume, /* reset limits */
- &volume->min_fs_size,
- &volume->max_fs_size,
- &volume->max_vol_size);
- if (volume->fs_size - *delta < volume->min_fs_size) {
- *delta = volume->fs_size - volume->min_fs_size;
- }
- if (volume->min_fs_size >= volume->vol_size) {
- rc = ENOSPC;
- }
-errout:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-+ +
-+ PLUGIN FUNCTION TABLE +
-+ +
-+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-static fsim_functions_t fsim_ops = {
-
- setup_evms_plugin: fs_setup,
- cleanup_evms_plugin:fs_cleanup,
- is_this_yours: fs_probe,
- can_mkfs: fs_can_mkfs,
- can_unmkfs: fs_can_unmkfs,
- can_fsck: fs_can_fsck,
- get_fs_size: fs_get_fs_size,
- get_fs_limits: fs_get_fs_limits,
- can_expand_by: fs_can_expand_by,
- can_shrink_by: fs_can_shrink_by,
- expand: fs_expand,
- shrink: fs_shrink,
- mkfs: fs_mkfs,
- fsck: fs_fsck,
- unmkfs: fs_unmkfs,
- get_option_count: fs_get_option_count,
- init_task: fs_init_task,
- set_option: fs_set_option,
- set_volumes: fs_set_volumes,
- get_volume_info: fs_get_volume_info,
- get_plugin_info: fs_get_plugin_info
-};
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-+ +
-+ PLUGIN RECORD +
-+ +
-+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-plugin_record_t ext2_plugrec = {
- id: SetPluginID(EVMS_OEM_IBM, EVMS_FILESYSTEM_INTERFACE_MODULE, FS_TYPE_EXT2 ),
- version: {MAJOR_VERSION, MINOR_VERSION, PATCH_LEVEL},
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- required_api_version: {ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_MAJOR_VERION,
- ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_MINOR_VERION,
- ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_PATCH_LEVEL},
-#else
- required_engine_api_version: {ENGINE_SERVICES_API_MAJOR_VERION,
- ENGINE_SERVICES_API_MINOR_VERION,
- ENGINE_SERVICES_API_PATCH_LEVEL},
- required_plugin_api_version: {fsim: {ENGINE_FSIM_API_MAJOR_VERION,
- ENGINE_FSIM_API_MINOR_VERION,
- ENGINE_FSIM_API_PATCH_LEVEL} },
-#endif
- short_name: "Ext2/3",
- long_name: "Ext2/3 File System Interface Module",
- oem_name: "IBM",
- functions: {fsim: &fsim_ops},
- container_functions: NULL
-
-};
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2000
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: fsimext2.c
- *
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#include <plugin.h>
-#include "fsimext2.h"
-
-int fsim_rw_diskblocks( int, int64_t, int32_t, void *, int );
-void set_mkfs_options( option_array_t *, char **, logical_volume_t *, char * );
-void set_fsck_options( option_array_t *, char **, logical_volume_t * );
-
-/* Vector of plugin record ptrs that we export for the EVMS Engine. */
-plugin_record_t *evms_plugin_records[] = {
- &ext2_plugrec,
- NULL
-};
-
-static plugin_record_t * pMyPluginRecord = &ext2_plugrec;
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-+ +
-+ Common Routines +
-+ +
-+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-/*
- * Get the size limits for this volume.
- */
-int fsim_get_volume_limits( struct ext2_super_block * sb,
- sector_count_t * fs_min_size,
- sector_count_t * fs_max_size,
- sector_count_t * vol_max_size)
-{
- int rc = 0;
- int blk_to_sect;
-
- blk_to_sect = (1 + sb->s_log_block_size);
- *fs_min_size = (sb->s_blocks_count - sb->s_free_blocks_count) << blk_to_sect;
- *fs_max_size = (sector_count_t) 1 << (32+blk_to_sect);
- *vol_max_size = 0xffffffffff;
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Un-Format the volume.
- */
-int fsim_unmkfs( logical_volume_t * volume )
-{
- int fd;
- int rc = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- fd = open(EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume), O_RDWR|O_EXCL, 0);
- if (fd < 0) return -1;
-
- if ( volume->private_data ) {
- /* clear private data */
- memset( (void *) volume->private_data, 0, SIZE_OF_SUPER );
- /* zero primary superblock */
- rc = fsim_rw_diskblocks( fd, EXT2_SUPER_LOC, SIZE_OF_SUPER,
- volume->private_data, PUT );
- } else {
- rc = ERROR;
- }
-
- fd = close(fd);
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Format the volume.
- */
-int fsim_mkfs(logical_volume_t * volume, option_array_t * options )
-{
- int rc = FSIM_ERROR;
- char *argv[MKFS_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT + 6];
- char logsize[sizeof(unsigned int) + 1];
- pid_t pidm;
- int status;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* Fork and execute the correct program. */
- switch (pidm = fork()) {
-
- /* error */
- case -1:
- rc = EIO;
-
- /* child */
- case 0:
- set_mkfs_options( options, argv, volume, logsize );
-
- /* close stderr, stdout to suppress mke2fs output */
- close(1);
- close(2);
- open("/dev/null", O_WRONLY);
- open("/dev/null", O_WRONLY);
-
- (void) execvp(argv[0], argv);
- /* using exit() can hang GUI, use _exit */
- _exit(errno);
-
- /* parent */
- default:
- /* wait for child to complete */
- while (1) {
- rc = waitpid( pidm, &status, 0 );
- if (rc == -1) {
- if (errno == EINTR)
- continue;
- rc = errno;
- goto reterr;
- } else
- break;
- }
- if ( WIFEXITED(status) ) {
- /* get mke2fs exit code */
- rc = WEXITSTATUS(status);
- if (rc)
- LOG("mke2fs exited with status %d", rc);
- } else {
- if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
- LOG("mke2fs died with signal %d",
- WTERMSIG(status));
- rc = EINTR;
- }
- }
-
-reterr:
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * NAME: set_mkfs_options
- *
- * FUNCTION: Build options array (argv) for mkfs.ext2
- *
- * PARAMETERS:
- * options - options array passed from EVMS engine
- * argv - mkfs options array
- * vol_name - volume name on which program will be executed
- *
- */
-void set_mkfs_options( option_array_t * options,
- char ** argv,
- logical_volume_t * volume,
- char * logsize )
-{
- int i, bufsize, opt_count = 2;
- char *buf;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- argv[0] = "mke2fs";
-
- /* 'quiet' option */
- argv[1] = "-q";
-
- /* the following is a big hack to make sure that we don't use a block */
- /* size smaller than hardsector size since this does not work. */
- /* would be nice if the ext2/3 utilities (mkfs) handled this themselves */
- /* also, eventually we will implement this as a user option to manually */
- /* set block size */
- if (volume->object->geometry.bytes_per_sector != EVMS_VSECTOR_SIZE) {
- switch (volume->object->geometry.bytes_per_sector) {
- case 2048:
- argv[2] = "-b2048";
- opt_count++;
- break;
- case 4096:
- argv[2] = "-b4096";
- opt_count++;
- break;
- default:
- /* not one we expect, just skip it */
- break;
- }
- }
-
- for ( i=0; i<options->count; i++ ) {
-
- if ( options->option[i].is_number_based ) {
-
- switch (options->option[i].number) {
-
- case MKFS_CHECKBB_INDEX:
- /* 'check for bad blocks' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-c";
- }
- break;
-
- case MKFS_CHECKRW_INDEX:
- /* 'check for r/w bad blocks' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-cc";
- }
- break;
-
- case MKFS_JOURNAL_INDEX:
- /* 'create ext3 journal' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-j";
- }
- break;
-
- case MKFS_SETVOL_INDEX:
- /* 'set volume name' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.s ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-L";
- argv[opt_count++] = options->option[i].value.s;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- if ( !strcmp(options->option[i].name, "badblocks") ) {
- /* 'check for bad blocks' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-c";
- }
- }
-
- if ( !strcmp(options->option[i].name, "badblocks_rw") ) {
- /* 'check for r/w bad blocks' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-cc";
- }
- }
-
- if ( !strcmp(options->option[i].name, "journal") ) {
- /* 'create ext3 journal' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-j";
- }
- }
-
- if ( !strcmp(options->option[i].name, "vollabel") ) {
- /* 'check for bad blocks' option */
- if ( options->option[i].value.s ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-L";
- argv[opt_count++] = options->option[i].value.s;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- argv[opt_count++] = EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume);
- argv[opt_count] = NULL;
-
- bufsize = 0;
- for (i=0; argv[i]; i++)
- bufsize += strlen(argv[i]) + 5;
- buf = malloc(bufsize+1);
- if (!buf)
- return;
- buf[0] = 0;
- for (i=0; argv[i]; i++) {
- strcat(buf, argv[i]);
- strcat(buf, " ");
- }
- EngFncs->write_log_entry(DEBUG, pMyPluginRecord,
- "mke2fs command: %s\n", buf);
- free(buf);
-
- LOGEXIT();
- return;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Run fsck on the volume.
- */
-int fsim_fsck(logical_volume_t * volume, option_array_t * options,
- int *ret_status)
-{
- int rc = FSIM_ERROR;
- char *argv[FSCK_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT + 3];
- pid_t pidf;
- int status, bytes_read;
- char *buffer = NULL;
- int fds2[2];
- int banner = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- /* open pipe, alloc buffer for collecting fsck.jfs output */
- rc = pipe(fds2);
- if (rc) {
- return(errno);
- }
- if (!(buffer = EngFncs->engine_alloc(MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN))) {
- return(ENOMEM);
- }
-
- /* Fork and execute the correct program. */
- switch (pidf = fork()) {
-
- /* error */
- case -1:
- rc = EIO;
-
- /* child */
- case 0:
- set_fsck_options( options, argv, volume );
-
- /* pipe stderr, stdout */
- dup2(fds2[1],1); /* fds2[1] replaces stdout */
- dup2(fds2[1],2); /* fds2[1] replaces stderr */
- close(fds2[0]); /* don't need this here */
-
- execvp( argv[0], argv );
- /* should never get here */
- _exit(8); /* FSCK_ERROR -- operational error */
-
- /* parent */
- default:
- close(fds2[1]);
-
- /* wait for child to complete */
- fcntl(fds2[0], F_SETFL, fcntl(fds2[0], F_GETFL,0) | O_NONBLOCK);
- while (!(waitpid( pidf, &status, WNOHANG ))) {
- /* read e2fsck output */
- bytes_read = read(fds2[0],buffer,MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN);
- if (bytes_read > 0) {
- /* display e2fsck output */
- if (!banner)
- MESSAGE("e2fsck output:");
- banner = 1;
- MESSAGE("%s",buffer);
- memset(buffer,0,bytes_read); /* clear out message */
- }
- usleep(10000); /* don't hog all the cpu */
- }
-
- /* do final read, just in case we missed some */
- bytes_read = read(fds2[0],buffer,MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN);
- if (bytes_read > 0) {
- if (!banner)
- MESSAGE("e2fsck output:");
- MESSAGE("%s",buffer);
- }
- if ( WIFEXITED(status) ) {
- /* get e2fsck exit code */
- *ret_status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
- LOG("e2fsck completed with exit code %d\n",
- *ret_status);
- rc = 0;
- } else {
- if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
- LOG("e2fsck died with signal %d",
- WTERMSIG(status));
- rc = EINTR;
- }
- }
-
- if (buffer) {
- EngFncs->engine_free(buffer);
- }
-
- close(fds2[0]);
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * NAME: set_fsck_options
- *
- * FUNCTION: Build options array (argv) for e2fsck
- *
- * PARAMETERS:
- * options - options array passed from EVMS engine
- * argv - fsck options array
- * volume - volume on which program will be executed
- *
- */
-void set_fsck_options( option_array_t * options, char ** argv, logical_volume_t * volume )
-{
- int i, bufsize, num_opts, opt_count = 1;
- int do_preen = 1;
- char *buf;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- argv[0] = "e2fsck";
-
- if (options)
- num_opts = options->count;
- else {
- /* No options, assume force (for resizing) */
- argv[opt_count++] = "-f";
- num_opts = 0;
- }
-
- for ( i=0; i < num_opts; i++) {
-
- if ( options->option[i].is_number_based ) {
-
- /* 'force check' option */
- if ( (options->option[i].number == FSCK_FORCE_INDEX) &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-f";
- }
-
- /* 'check read only' option or mounted */
- if ((options->option[i].number == FSCK_READONLY_INDEX) &&
- ((options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) ||
- EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume))) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-n";
- do_preen = 0;
- }
-
- /* 'bad blocks check' option and NOT mounted */
- if ( (options->option[i].number == FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX) &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) &&
- !EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume) ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-c";
- do_preen = 0;
- }
-
- /* 'bad blocks check' option and NOT mounted */
- if ( (options->option[i].number == FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX) &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) &&
- !EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume) ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-cc";
- do_preen = 0;
- }
-
- /* timing option */
- if ( (options->option[i].number == FSCK_TIMING_INDEX) &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-tt";
- }
-
- } else {
-
- /* 'force check' option selected and NOT mounted */
- if ( !strcmp(options->option[i].name, "force") &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) &&
- !EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume) ) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-f";
- }
-
- /* 'check read only' option selected or mounted */
- if ((!strcmp(options->option[i].name, "readonly")) &&
- ((options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) ||
- EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume))) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-n";
- do_preen = 0;
- }
-
- /* 'check badblocks' option selected and NOT mounted */
- if (!strcmp(options->option[i].name, "badblocks") &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) &&
- !EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-c";
- do_preen = 0;
- }
-
- /* 'check r/w badblocks' option selected and NOT mounted */
- if (!strcmp(options->option[i].name, "badblocks_rw") &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE) &&
- !EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(volume)) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-cc";
- do_preen = 0;
- }
-
- /* 'timing' option selected */
- if (!strcmp(options->option[i].name, "badblocks") &&
- (options->option[i].value.bool == TRUE)) {
- argv[opt_count++] = "-tt";
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (do_preen)
- argv[opt_count++] = "-p";
- argv[opt_count++] = EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume);
- argv[opt_count] = NULL;
-
- bufsize = 0;
- for (i=0; argv[i]; i++)
- bufsize += strlen(argv[i]) + 5;
- buf = malloc(bufsize+1);
- if (!buf)
- return;
- buf[0] = 0;
- for (i=0; argv[i]; i++) {
- strcat(buf, argv[i]);
- strcat(buf, " ");
- }
- EngFncs->write_log_entry(DEBUG, pMyPluginRecord,
- "fsck command: %s\n", buf);
- free(buf);
-
- LOGEXIT();
- return;
-}
-/*
- * NAME:ext2fs_swap_super
- *
- * FUNCTION: Swap all fields in the super block to CPU format.
- *
- * PARAMETERS:
- * sb - pointer to superblock
- *
- * RETURNS:
- * void
- */
-static void ext2fs_swap_super(struct ext2_super_block * sb)
-{
- LOGENTRY();
- sb->s_inodes_count = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_inodes_count);
- sb->s_blocks_count = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_blocks_count);
- sb->s_r_blocks_count = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_r_blocks_count);
- sb->s_free_blocks_count = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_free_blocks_count);
- sb->s_free_inodes_count = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_free_inodes_count);
- sb->s_first_data_block = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_first_data_block);
- sb->s_log_block_size = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_log_block_size);
- sb->s_log_frag_size = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_log_frag_size);
- sb->s_blocks_per_group = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_blocks_per_group);
- sb->s_frags_per_group = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_frags_per_group);
- sb->s_inodes_per_group = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_inodes_per_group);
- sb->s_mtime = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_mtime);
- sb->s_wtime = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_wtime);
- sb->s_mnt_count = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_mnt_count);
- sb->s_max_mnt_count = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_max_mnt_count);
- sb->s_magic = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_magic);
- sb->s_state = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_state);
- sb->s_errors = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_errors);
- sb->s_minor_rev_level = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_minor_rev_level);
- sb->s_lastcheck = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_lastcheck);
- sb->s_checkinterval = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_checkinterval);
- sb->s_creator_os = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_creator_os);
- sb->s_rev_level = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_rev_level);
- sb->s_def_resuid = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_def_resuid);
- sb->s_def_resgid = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_def_resgid);
- sb->s_first_ino = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_first_ino);
- sb->s_inode_size = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_inode_size);
- sb->s_block_group_nr = DISK_TO_CPU16(sb->s_block_group_nr);
- sb->s_feature_compat = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_feature_compat);
- sb->s_feature_incompat = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_feature_incompat);
- sb->s_feature_ro_compat = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_feature_ro_compat);
- sb->s_algorithm_usage_bitmap = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_algorithm_usage_bitmap);
- sb->s_journal_inum = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_journal_inum);
- sb->s_journal_dev = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_journal_dev);
- sb->s_last_orphan = DISK_TO_CPU32(sb->s_last_orphan);
- LOGEXIT();
-}
-
-
-/*
- * NAME: fsim_get_ext2_superblock
- *
- * FUNCTION: Get and validate a ext2/3 superblock
- *
- * PARAMETERS:
- * volume - pointer to volume from which to get the superblock
- * sb_ptr - pointer to superblock
- *
- * RETURNS:
- * (0) for success
- * != 0 otherwise
- *
- */
-int fsim_get_ext2_superblock( logical_volume_t *volume, struct ext2_super_block *sb_ptr )
-{
- int fd;
- int rc = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- fd = open(EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(volume), O_RDONLY, 0);
- if (fd < 0) {
- rc = EIO;
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* get primary superblock */
- rc = fsim_rw_diskblocks( fd, EXT2_SUPER_LOC, SIZE_OF_SUPER, sb_ptr, GET );
-
- if( rc == 0 ) {
- ext2fs_swap_super(sb_ptr);
- /* see if superblock is ext2/3 */
- if (( sb_ptr->s_magic != EXT2_SUPER_MAGIC ) ||
- ( sb_ptr->s_rev_level > 1 ))
- rc = FSIM_ERROR;
- }
-
- close(fd);
-
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * NAME: fsim_rw_diskblocks
- *
- * FUNCTION: Read or write specific number of bytes for an opened device.
- *
- * PARAMETERS:
- * dev_ptr - file handle of an opened device to read/write
- * disk_offset - byte offset from beginning of device for start of disk
- * block read/write
- * disk_count - number of bytes to read/write
- * data_buffer - On read this will be filled in with data read from
- * disk; on write this contains data to be written
- * mode - GET (read) or PUT (write)
- *
- * RETURNS:
- * FSIM_SUCCESS (0) for success
- * ERROR (-1) can't lseek
- * EINVAL
- * EIO
- *
- */
-int fsim_rw_diskblocks( int dev_ptr,
- int64_t disk_offset,
- int32_t disk_count,
- void *data_buffer,
- int mode )
-{
- off_t Actual_Location;
- size_t Bytes_Transferred;
- int rc = 0;
-
- LOGENTRY();
-
- Actual_Location = lseek(dev_ptr,disk_offset, SEEK_SET);
- if ( ( Actual_Location < 0 ) || ( Actual_Location != disk_offset ) )
- return ERROR;
-
- switch ( mode ) {
- case GET:
- Bytes_Transferred = read(dev_ptr,data_buffer,disk_count);
- break;
- case PUT:
- Bytes_Transferred = write(dev_ptr,data_buffer,disk_count);
- break;
- default:
- rc = EINVAL;
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
- break;
- }
-
- if ( Bytes_Transferred != disk_count ) {
- rc = EIO;
- LOGEXITRC();
- return rc;
- }
-
- LOGEXIT();
- return FSIM_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Test e2fsprogs version.
- *
- * We don't bother since we don't need any special functionality that
- * hasn't been around for *years*
- */
-int fsim_test_version( )
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2000
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: fsimext2.h
- *
- */
-
-/* If EVMS_ABI_CODE is not defined, default to EVMS ABI 1.2 */
-#ifndef EVMS_ABI_CODE
-#define EVMS_ABI_CODE 120
-#endif
-
-/*
- * EVMS 1.0 backwards compatibility functions
- */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
-#define EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(vol) ((vol)->mount_point != 0)
-#define EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(vol) ((vol)->name)
-#else
-#define EVMS_IS_MOUNTED(vol) (EngFncs->is_mounted((vol)->dev_node, NULL))
-#define EVMS_GET_DEVNAME(vol) ((vol)->dev_node)
-#endif
-
-/********************
- ********************
- ** **
- ** EVMS defines **
- ** **
- ********************
- ********************/
-
-extern plugin_record_t ext2_plugrec;
-engine_functions_t *EngFncs;
-
-/* file system type ... used by the SetPluginID macro */
-#define FS_TYPE_EXT2 7
-
-/* logging macros */
-#define MESSAGE(msg, args...) EngFncs->user_message(pMyPluginRecord, NULL, NULL, msg, ##args)
-#define LOGENTRY() EngFncs->write_log_entry(ENTRY_EXIT, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: Enter.\n", __FUNCTION__ )
-#define LOGEXIT() EngFncs->write_log_entry(ENTRY_EXIT, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: Exit.\n", __FUNCTION__ )
-#define LOGEXITRC() EngFncs->write_log_entry(ENTRY_EXIT, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: Exit. rc = %d.\n", __FUNCTION__ , rc)
-#define LOG_CRITICAL(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(CRITICAL, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG_SERIOUS(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(SERIOUS, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG_ERROR(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(ERROR, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG_WARNING(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(WARNING, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(DEFAULT, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG_DETAILS(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(DETAILS, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG_DEBUG(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(DEBUG, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-#define LOG_EXTRA(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(EXTRA, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-
-/* useful macro for option code */
-#define SET_STRING_FIELD(a,b)\
-a = EngFncs->engine_alloc( strlen(b)+1 );\
-if (a ) {\
- strcpy(a, b);\
-}\
-else {\
- return -ENOMEM;\
-}
-
-#define SET_STRING(a,b) a = EngFncs->engine_alloc( strlen(b)+1 );if (a ) { strcpy(a, b); } else { rc = ENOMEM; LOG_EXIT(rc);}
-#define LOG_EXIT(x) LOG_PROC("Exiting: rc = %d\n", x)
-#define LOG_PROC(msg, args...) EngFncs->write_log_entry(ENTRY_EXIT, pMyPluginRecord, "%s: " msg, __FUNCTION__ , ## args)
-
-
-/**********************************
- **********************************
- ** **
- ** fsck.jfs, mkfs.jfs defines **
- ** **
- **********************************
- **********************************/
-
-/* fsck.jfs, mkfs.jfs option counts */
-
-/* fsck.jfs option array indices */
-#define FSCK_FORCE_INDEX 0
-#define FSCK_READONLY_INDEX 1
-#define FSCK_CHECKBB_INDEX 2
-#define FSCK_CHECKRW_INDEX 3
-#define FSCK_TIMING_INDEX 4
-#define FSCK_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT 5
-
-/* mkfs.jfs option array indices */
-#define MKFS_CHECKBB_INDEX 0
-#define MKFS_CHECKRW_INDEX 1
-#define MKFS_SETVOL_INDEX 2
-#define MKFS_JOURNAL_INDEX 3
-#define MKFS_EXT2_OPTIONS_COUNT 4
-
-/* fsck exit codes */
-#define FSCK_OK 0
-#define FSCK_CORRECTED 1
-#define FSCK_REBOOT 2
-#define FSCK_ERRORS_UNCORRECTED 4
-#define FSCK_OP_ERROR 8
-#define FSCK_USAGE_ERROR 16
-
-
-/*
- * EXT2/3 defines and structs
- */
-
-/* generic defines */
-#define FSIM_SUCCESS 0
-#define FSIM_ERROR -1
-#define GET 0
-#define PUT 1
-
-#define EXT2_SUPER_LOC 1024
-
-#define EXT2_SUPER_MAGIC 0xEF53
-
-#define EXT3_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_RECOVER 0x0004 /* Needs recovery */
-
-#define EXT2_VALID_FS 0x0001 /* Unmounted cleanly */
-#define EXT2_ERROR_FS 0x0002 /* Errors detected */
-
-/*
- * Structure of the ext2 super block
- */
-struct ext2_super_block {
- u_int32_t s_inodes_count; /* Inodes count */
- u_int32_t s_blocks_count; /* Blocks count */
- u_int32_t s_r_blocks_count; /* Reserved blocks count */
- u_int32_t s_free_blocks_count; /* Free blocks count */
- u_int32_t s_free_inodes_count; /* Free inodes count */
- u_int32_t s_first_data_block; /* First Data Block */
- u_int32_t s_log_block_size; /* Block size */
- int32_t s_log_frag_size; /* Fragment size */
- u_int32_t s_blocks_per_group; /* # Blocks per group */
- u_int32_t s_frags_per_group; /* # Fragments per group */
- u_int32_t s_inodes_per_group; /* # Inodes per group */
- u_int32_t s_mtime; /* Mount time */
- u_int32_t s_wtime; /* Write time */
- u_int16_t s_mnt_count; /* Mount count */
- int16_t s_max_mnt_count; /* Maximal mount count */
- u_int16_t s_magic; /* Magic signature */
- u_int16_t s_state; /* File system state */
- u_int16_t s_errors; /* Behaviour when detecting errors */
- u_int16_t s_minor_rev_level; /* minor revision level */
- u_int32_t s_lastcheck; /* time of last check */
- u_int32_t s_checkinterval; /* max. time between checks */
- u_int32_t s_creator_os; /* OS */
- u_int32_t s_rev_level; /* Revision level */
- u_int16_t s_def_resuid; /* Default uid for reserved blocks */
- u_int16_t s_def_resgid; /* Default gid for reserved blocks */
- /*
- * These fields are for EXT2_DYNAMIC_REV superblocks only.
- *
- * Note: the difference between the compatible feature set and
- * the incompatible feature set is that if there is a bit set
- * in the incompatible feature set that the kernel doesn't
- * know about, it should refuse to mount the filesystem.
- *
- * e2fsck's requirements are more strict; if it doesn't know
- * about a feature in either the compatible or incompatible
- * feature set, it must abort and not try to meddle with
- * things it doesn't understand...
- */
- u_int32_t s_first_ino; /* First non-reserved inode */
- u_int16_t s_inode_size; /* size of inode structure */
- u_int16_t s_block_group_nr; /* block group # of this superblock */
- u_int32_t s_feature_compat; /* compatible feature set */
- u_int32_t s_feature_incompat; /* incompatible feature set */
- u_int32_t s_feature_ro_compat; /* readonly-compatible feature set */
- u_int8_t s_uuid[16]; /* 128-bit uuid for volume */
- int8_t s_volume_name[16]; /* volume name */
- int8_t s_last_mounted[64]; /* directory where last mounted */
- u_int32_t s_algorithm_usage_bitmap; /* For compression */
- /*
- * Performance hints. Directory preallocation should only
- * happen if the EXT2_FEATURE_COMPAT_DIR_PREALLOC flag is on.
- */
- u_int8_t s_prealloc_blocks; /* Nr of blocks to try to preallocate*/
- u_int8_t s_prealloc_dir_blocks; /* Nr to preallocate for dirs */
- u_int16_t s_padding1;
- /*
- * Journaling support valid if EXT2_FEATURE_COMPAT_HAS_JOURNAL set.
- */
- u_int8_t s_journal_uuid[16]; /* uuid of journal superblock */
- u_int32_t s_journal_inum; /* inode number of journal file */
- u_int32_t s_journal_dev; /* device number of journal file */
- u_int32_t s_last_orphan; /* start of list of inodes to delete */
-
- u_int32_t s_reserved[197]; /* Padding to the end of the block */
-};
-
-#define L2MEGABYTE 20
-#define MEGABYTE (1 << L2MEGABYTE)
-#define MEGABYTE32 (MEGABYTE << 5)
-#define MAX_LOG_PERCENTAGE 10 /* Log can be at most 10% of disk */
-
-/*
- * buffer cache configuration
- */
-/* page size */
-#ifdef PSIZE
-#undef PSIZE
-#endif
-#define PSIZE 4096 /* page size (in byte) */
-
-#define PBSIZE 512 /* physical block size (in byte) */
-
-/*
- * Minimum number of bytes supported for an ext2 partition
- * (64k, quite small!)
- */
-#define MINEXT2 (64*1024)
-
-/*
- * SIZE_OF_SUPER defines the total amount of space reserved on disk for the
- * superblock. This is not the same as the superblock structure, since all of
- * this space is not currently being used.
- */
-#define SIZE_OF_SUPER sizeof(struct ext2_super_block)
-
-/*
- * SIZE_OF_MAP_PAGE defines the amount of disk space reserved for each page of
- * the inode allocation map (to hold iag)
- */
-#define SIZE_OF_MAP_PAGE PSIZE
-
-/*
- * directory configuration
- */
-#define JFS_NAME_MAX 255
-#define JFS_PATH_MAX BPSIZE
-
-/*
- * file system state (superblock state)
- */
-#define FM_CLEAN 0x00000000 /* file system is unmounted and clean */
-#define FM_MOUNT 0x00000001 /* file system is mounted cleanly */
-#define FM_DIRTY 0x00000002 /* file system was not unmounted and clean
- * when mounted or
- * commit failure occurred while being mounted:
- * fsck() must be run to repair
- */
-#define FM_LOGREDO 0x00000004 /* log based recovery (logredo()) failed:
- * fsck() must be run to repair
- */
-#define FM_EXTENDFS 0x00000008 /* file system extendfs() in progress */
-
-
-/*******************
- *******************
- ** **
- ** Common code **
- ** **
- *******************
- *******************/
-
-int fsim_get_ext2_superblock( logical_volume_t *, struct ext2_super_block * );
-int fsim_unmkfs( logical_volume_t * );
-int fsim_mkfs( logical_volume_t *, option_array_t * );
-int fsim_fsck( logical_volume_t *, option_array_t *, int * );
-int fsim_get_volume_limits( struct ext2_super_block *, sector_count_t *,
- sector_count_t *, sector_count_t * );
-int fsim_test_version( void );
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2001
- * Copyright (C) 1997-1999 David Mosberger-Tang and Andreas Beck
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: options.h
- */
-
-#ifndef EVMS_OPTIONS_H_INCLUDED
-#define EVMS_OPTIONS_H_INCLUDED 1
-
-#include <common.h>
-
-/*
- * Dear Reader,
- *
- * Yes, some of the structures look a lot like the ones the SANE
- * (Scanner Access Now Easy) folks use for negotiating options
- * between a frontend and backend. In fact, some of the structures
- * here were derived from their solution with some tweaks for EVMS.
- *
- * Kindest regards and most humble apologies to the SANE folks for
- * borrowing their solution.
- */
-
-/*
- * Task API typedefs
- */
-
-typedef u_int32_t task_handle_t;
-
-/*
- * Task actions correspond to the low-level API available to frontends.
- * The task API allows binding of action, plugin, target objects, and
- * plugin-specific options. This allows for interaction with the backend
- * to validate the correctness of parameters and options necessary to
- * fulfill the requirements of the low-level API which eventually is invoked.
- */
-
-typedef enum {
- EVMS_Task_Create = 0,
- EVMS_Task_Create_Container,
- EVMS_Task_Assign_Plugin,
- EVMS_Task_Expand_Container,
- EVMS_Task_Set_Info,
- EVMS_Task_Expand,
- EVMS_Task_Shrink,
- EVMS_Task_Slide,
- EVMS_Task_Move,
- EVMS_Task_mkfs,
- EVMS_Task_fsck,
- EVMS_Task_defrag,
- EVMS_Task_Message,
- EVMS_Task_Add_Feature,
- EVMS_Task_Shrink_Container,
- EVMS_Task_Set_Container_Info,
- EVMS_Task_Plugin_Function = 0x1000 /* Base number for plug-in funtions */
-} task_action_t;
-
-
-typedef struct function_info_s {
- task_action_t function; /* Plugin function number */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- char * name; /* Short, unique (within the plug-in) name for the function */
- /* e.g., "addspare" */
-#endif
- char * title; /* Short title for the function */
- /* e.g. "Add a spare" */
- /* Example usage: A UI might put this in */
- /* a menu of functions to select. */
- char * verb; /* One or two action words for the function */
- /* e.g. "Add" */
- /* Example usage: A GUI may use this on an */
- /* action button for the function. */
- char * help; /* Full help text */
- /* e.g. "Use this function to add a spare blah blah blah..." */
-} function_info_t;
-
-typedef struct function_info_array_s {
- uint count;
- function_info_t info[1];
-} function_info_array_t;
-
-
-/*
- * Object API typedefs
- */
-
-typedef struct declined_handle_s {
- object_handle_t handle; /* Handle of object declined */
- int reason; /* Reason for being declined */
-} declined_handle_t;
-
-typedef struct declined_handle_array_s {
- uint count;
- declined_handle_t declined[1];
-} declined_handle_array_t;
-
-/*
- * Option API typedefs and constants
- */
-
-typedef enum {
- EVMS_Type_String = 1, /* char* */
- EVMS_Type_Boolean, /* BOOLEAN */
- EVMS_Type_Char, /* char */
- EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Char, /* unsigned char */
- EVMS_Type_Real32, /* float */
- EVMS_Type_Real64, /* double */
- EVMS_Type_Int, /* int */
- EVMS_Type_Int8, /* int8_t */
- EVMS_Type_Int16, /* int16_t */
- EVMS_Type_Int32, /* int32_t */
- EVMS_Type_Int64, /* int64_t */
- EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int, /* uint */
- EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int8, /* u_int8_t */
- EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int16, /* u_int16_t */
- EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int32, /* u_int32_t */
- EVMS_Type_Unsigned_Int64 /* u_int64_t */
-} value_type_t;
-
-typedef enum {
- EVMS_Unit_None = 0,
- EVMS_Unit_Disks,
- EVMS_Unit_Sectors,
- EVMS_Unit_Segments,
- EVMS_Unit_Regions,
- EVMS_Unit_Percent,
- EVMS_Unit_Milliseconds,
- EVMS_Unit_Microseconds,
- EVMS_Unit_Bytes,
- EVMS_Unit_Kilobytes,
- EVMS_Unit_Megabytes,
- EVMS_Unit_Gigabytes,
- EVMS_Unit_Terabytes,
- EVMS_Unit_Petabytes
-} value_unit_t;
-
-typedef enum {
- EVMS_Collection_None = 0, /* No collection */
- EVMS_Collection_List, /* Use a value_list_t structure */
- EVMS_Collection_Range /* Use a value_range_t structure */
-} collection_type_t;
-
-typedef enum {
- EVMS_Format_Normal = 0,
- EVMS_Format_Hex,
- EVMS_Format_Ascii,
- EVMS_Format_Binary
-} value_format_t;
-
-typedef union {
- char c; /* one character, e.g. 'C' */
- char *s; /* string pointer */
- u_char uc;
- int bool;
- int i;
- int8_t i8;
- int16_t i16;
- int32_t i32;
- int64_t i64;
- u_int ui;
- u_int8_t ui8;
- u_int16_t ui16;
- u_int32_t ui32;
- u_int64_t ui64;
- float r32;
- double r64;
- struct value_list_s *list;
-} value_t;
-
-/*
- * The struct key_value_pair_s allows some generic passing
- * of a key/value pair for some basic data type values. The
- * key can be a name (a string) or a number. The sending
- * and receiving ends denote, through the is_number_based flag,
- * which key should be looked at for identification purposes.
- */
-
-typedef struct key_value_pair_s {
- char *name; /* Key if name-based */
- u_int16_t number; /* Key if number-based */
- BOOLEAN is_number_based; /* TRUE if number-based */
- value_type_t type; /* Value type */
- value_t value; /* Union of basic data types */
-} key_value_pair_t;
-
-/*
- * Some frontends may supply plugin-specific data as "options" through
- * the API functions, e.g. evms_create(), available to a frontend.
- * Options are essentially key/value pairs where the key and value types
- * are known ahead-of-time or were interrogated through the option
- * descriptor API.
- */
-
-typedef struct option_array_s {
- u_int count;
- key_value_pair_t option[1];
-} option_array_t;
-
-typedef struct value_list_s {
- u_int count;
- value_t value[1];
-} value_list_t;
-
-typedef struct value_range_s {
- value_t min; /* Minimum value */
- value_t max; /* Maximum value */
- value_t increment; /* Step or increment for changes in-between */
-} value_range_t;
-
-typedef union {
- value_list_t *list; /* Array of values of the same type */
- value_range_t *range; /* Range of values for numeric types */
-} value_collection_t;
-
-typedef struct group_info_s {
- u_int32_t group_number; /* group number, 0 if not grouped */
- u_int32_t group_level; /* possibly used for indenting, or sub fields */
- char *group_name; /* name of group */
-} group_info_t;
-
-typedef struct option_descriptor_s {
- char *name; /* Option name/key */
- char *title; /* One or two word description of option */
- char *tip; /* Multi-sentence description of option for tip */
- char *help; /* Multi-paragraph detailed option help */
- value_type_t type; /* Defines option data type */
- value_unit_t unit; /* Defines unit value */
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
- u_int32_t size; /* Maximum size (in bytes) of option value */
-#else
- value_format_t format; /* Suggested format for display of values */
- u_int32_t min_len; /* Minimum length for string types */
- u_int32_t max_len; /* Maximum length for string types */
-#endif
- u_int64_t flags; /* Option flags (defined below) */
- collection_type_t constraint_type; /* Constraint type (none, range, list) */
- value_collection_t constraint; /* Either a list or range of valid input values */
- value_t value; /* Initial/current value */
- group_info_t group; /* Group information for display purposes */
-} option_descriptor_t;
-
-/*
- * option_descriptor_t flags bitset
- */
-
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED (1 << 0) /* A key_value_pair_t for this option can be provided */
- /* but is not absolutely required by the plug-in */
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NO_INITIAL_VALUE (1 << 1) /* The plug-in has not provided an initial value */
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_AUTOMATIC (1 << 2) /* Backend is capable of selecting reasonable value */
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_INACTIVE (1 << 3) /* Option exists but is neither optional or required */
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_ADVANCED (1 << 4) /* Option is an "advanced user option" */
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_VALUE_IS_LIST (1 << 5) /* Value is/is expected to be a pointer to value_list_t */
-#define EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NO_UNIT_CONVERSION (1 << 6) /* Don't convert unit measurements, e.g. I really mean */
- /* to have the user specify/see sectors not KB or MB */
-
-#define EVMS_OPTION_IS_ACTIVE(flags) (((flags) & EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_INACTIVE) == 0)
-#define EVMS_OPTION_IS_REQUIRED(flags) (((flags) & EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NOT_REQUIRED) == 0)
-#define EVMS_OPTION_HAS_VALUE(flags) (((flags) & EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_NO_INITIAL_VALUE) == 0)
-#define EVMS_OPTION_VALUE_IS_LIST(flags) (((flags) & EVMS_OPTION_FLAGS_VALUE_IS_LIST) != 0)
-
-/*
- * Following bitset indicating additional information of
- * the outcome of a set_object or a set action on a option value.
- */
-
-typedef enum {
- EVMS_Effect_Inexact = (1 << 0), /* Option value was adjusted by backend */
- EVMS_Effect_Reload_Options = (1 << 1), /* Setting of an object or option has affected */
- /* the value or availability of other options */
- EVMS_Effect_Reload_Objects = (1 << 2) /* Setting of an object or option has affected */
- /* the acceptable and/or selected objects */
- /* or the limits of objects selected. */
-} task_effect_t;
-
-/*
- * Extended information structure. Plug-ins generate an
- * array of these to supply plugin-specific information.
- * They are similar to option descriptors but lighter.
- */
-
-typedef struct extended_info_s {
- char *name; /* Info field name */
- char *title; /* One or two word description of info field */
- char *desc; /* Multi-sentence description of info field */
- value_type_t type; /* Defines info data type */
- value_unit_t unit; /* Defines info unit value */
- value_format_t format; /* Suggested format for display of values */
- value_t value; /* Single value if not a collection */
- collection_type_t collection_type; /* Defines if either a list or range of values */
- value_collection_t collection; /* Either a list or range of values of value_type_t */
- group_info_t group; /* Group information for display purposes */
- u_int16_t flags; /* Extended info flags (defined below) */
-} extended_info_t;
-
-#define EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_NO_UNIT_CONVERSION (1 << 0) /* Don't convert unit measurements, e.g. I really */
- /* mean the user to see sectors not KB or MB */
-#define EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE (1 << 1)/* This entry has more information if */
- /* queried by name. */
-
-typedef struct extended_info_array_s {
- u_int count; /* Count of extended_info_t structs in array */
- extended_info_t info[1]; /* Info descriptors */
-} extended_info_array_t;
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2001
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: plugfuncs.h
- */
-
-#ifndef EVMS_PLUGFUNCS_H_INCLUDED
-#define EVMS_PLUGFUNCS_H_INCLUDED 1
-
-#include <dlist.h>
-#include <common.h>
-#include <options.h>
-#include <enginestructs.h>
-
-
-/* Maximum length of a user message. */
-#define MAX_USER_MESSAGE_LEN 10240
-
-
-#if ((EVMS_ABI_CODE == 110) || (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 120))
-#define ENGINE_SERVICES_API_MAJOR_VERION 8
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 110)
-#define ENGINE_SERVICES_API_MINOR_VERION 0
-#else
-#define ENGINE_SERVICES_API_MINOR_VERION 1
-#endif
-#define ENGINE_SERVICES_API_PATCH_LEVEL 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * For all can_????() functions, the function returns 0 if "yes", else a reason code.
- */
-
-typedef struct engine_functions_s {
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Get the version of the plug-in API that this Engine provides.
- */
- void (*get_engine_plugin_api_version)(evms_version_t * version);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Get a list of the user space plug-ins that are loaded, optionally
- * filtering by type and flags. If the type parameter is not 0, only
- * plug-ins of that type will be returned. If type is 0, all plug-ins will
- * be returned. See common.h for the definitions of plugin_search_flags_t.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_list)(plugin_type_t type,
- plugin_search_flags_t flags,
- dlist_t * plugins);
-
- /*
- * Get the plugin_record_t for a given plug-in ID.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_by_ID)(plugin_id_t plugin_id,
- plugin_record_t * * plugin);
-
- /*
- * Get the plugin_record_t for a given plug-in short name.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_by_name)(char * plugin_short_name,
- plugin_record_t * * plugin);
-
- /*
- * Get a list of volumes, optionally filtering by FSIM. If FSIM is
- * specified, only volumes managed by that FSIM will be returned. If FSIM
- * is NULL, all volumes will be returned.
- */
- int (*get_volume_list)(plugin_record_t * fsim,
- dlist_t * volume_list);
-
- /*
- * Get a list of objects, optionally filtering by object type, data type,
- * and plug-in. See the object_type_t, data_type_t, and
- * object_search_flags_t enums in common.h. If object_type is 0, objects of
- * any type will be returned. If data_type is 0, objects of any data type
- * will be returned. If plugin is NULL, objects managed by any plug-in will
- * be returned.
- */
- int (*get_object_list)(object_type_t object_type,
- data_type_t data_type,
- plugin_record_t * plugin,
- object_search_flags_t flags,
- dlist_t * objects);
-
- /*
- * Get a list of storage containers, optionally filtering by plug-in.
- * If plugin is specified, only containers managed by that plug-in
- * will be returned. If plugin is NULL, all containers will be returned.
- */
- int (*get_container_list)(plugin_record_t * plugin,
- dlist_t * container_list);
-
- /*
- * Issue an ioctl to the EVMS kernel block device. The Engine opens
- * and locks the EVMS kernel block device. While the Engine is open
- * for writing, no other application, not even Engine plug-ins, can
- * open the EVMS kernel block device. Plug-ins use this service
- * to have the Engine issue an ioctl to the EVMS kernel block device
- * on their behalf.
- */
- int (*ioctl_evms_kernel)(unsigned long cmd,
- void * arg);
- /*
- * Allocate a storage_object_t for a logical disk structure.
- */
- int (*allocate_logical_disk)(char * name,
- storage_object_t * * new_disk);
-
- /*
- * Free a storage_object_t for a logical disk.
- */
- int (*free_logical_disk)(storage_object_t * disk);
-
- /*
- * Allocate a storage_object_t for a disk_segment. The caller is
- * responsible for putting the storage_object_t for the logical disk from
- * which this segment comes into the child_objects list in the
- * storage_object_t for the segment. Additionally, the caller must add the
- * storage_object_t for the disk segment to the parent_objects list in the
- * storage_object_t for the logical disk.
- */
- int (*allocate_segment)(char * name,
- storage_object_t * * new_segment);
-
- /*
- * Free a storage_object_t for a disk_segment.
- */
- int (*free_segment)(storage_object_t * segment);
-
- /*
- * Allocate a storage_container_t structure. The caller fills in the
- * objects_consumed and objects_produced lists in the container. The caller
- * fills in the appropriate consuming_container and producing_container
- * fields in the storage_object_t(s) that are consumed or produced by the
- * container.
- */
- int (*allocate_container)(char * name,
- storage_container_t * * new_container);
-
- /*
- * Free a storage_container_t structure.
- */
- int (*free_container)(storage_container_t * container);
-
- /*
- * Allocate a storage_object_t for a storage_region. The caller is
- * responsible for putting the storage_object_t from which this region comes
- * into the child_objects list in the storage_object_t for the region.
- * Additionally, the caller must add the storage_object_t for the region to
- * the parent_objects list in the storage_object_t from which this region
- * comes.
- */
- int (*allocate_region)(char * name,
- storage_object_t * * new_region);
-
- /*
- * Free the storage_region structure.
- */
- int (*free_region)(storage_object_t * region);
-
- /*
- * Allocate a storage_object_t for an EVMS object. The caller is
- * responsible for putting the storage_object_t from which this EVMS object
- * comes into the child_objects list in the storage_object_t for the EVMS
- * object. Additionally, the caller must add the storage_object_t for the
- * EVMS object to the parent_objects list in the storage_object_t from which
- * this EVMS object comes.
- */
- int (*allocate_evms_object)(char * name,
- storage_object_t * * new_object);
-
- /*
- * Free a storage_object_t for an EVMS object.
- */
- int (*free_evms_object)(storage_object_t * object);
-
- /*
- * engine_alloc is the generic memory allocation service provided by the
- * Engine. For any memory that plug-ins return to the Engine, the plug-in
- * must use the same malloc() that the Engine uses so that the Engine can
- * properly free() the memory. To assist the plug-ins, the Engine provides
- * a common allocation function which the plug-ins can use so that all
- * memory allocations are managed by the same memory manager. Memory will
- * be zero filled.
- */
- void * (*engine_alloc)(u_int32_t size);
-
- /*
- * engine_free is the generic memory deallocation service provided by the
- * Engine.
- */
- void (*engine_free)(void *);
-
- /*
- * Check if there are any changes pending in the Engine.
- */
- BOOLEAN (*changes_pending)(void);
-
- /*
- * Tell the Engine that there are changes pending, i.e., there is stuff to
- * be committed to disk.
- */
- void (*set_changes_pending)(void);
-
- /*
- * Check if the Engine is in the process of committing changes.
- */
- BOOLEAN (*commit_in_progress)(void);
-
- /*
- * Write data to the Engine's log file.
- */
- int (*write_log_entry)(debug_level_t level,
- plugin_record_t * plugin,
- char * fmt,
- ...);
-
- /*
- * Calculate a 32-bit CRC for a buffer of a given size.
- * On the first call to calculate_CRC() the CRC parameter must be
- * 0xffffffff.
- * calculate_CRC() can be called multiple times to get the CRC for an
- * aggregate of buffers. To do so, subsequent calls set the CRC parameter
- * to the resulting CRC that was returned from the previous call.
- * To calculate a new CRC, the CRC parameter must be set to 0xffffffff.
- */
- u_int32_t (*calculate_CRC)(u_int32_t crc,
- void * buffer,
- u_int32_t buffer_size);
-
- /*
- * Calculate a checksum on a buffer of given size. This Engine service
- * actually issues an ioctl() to the EVMS kernel to use the kernel's
- * checksum function so that checksums are consistent with the runtime
- * code. An error code is returned if the ioctl to the kernel fails.
- * "insum" is the initial checksum value, useful if you are doing a
- * single checksum on a series of multiple data blocks.
- */
- int (*calculate_checksum)(unsigned char * buffer,
- int buffer_size,
- unsigned int insum,
- unsigned int * outsum);
-
- /*
- * Add sectors that are to be written with zeros to the Engine's Kill Sector
- * list. Should only be called by device managers
- */
- int (*add_sectors_to_kill_list)(storage_object_t * disk, /* Disk on which the sectors reside */
- lba_t lba, /* Sector number of the first sector */
- /* to wipe out */
- sector_count_t count); /* Number of sectors to wipe out */
-
-
- /*
- * Tell the Engine that this volume should be rediscovered when the changes
- * are committed. Call this function if you make changes to the volume's
- * underlying objects, regions, etc. that will have to be discovered by the
- * kernel runtime code in order to build the volume correctly.
- * Set sync_fs to TRUE if you want the file system on the volume to
- * be synced in a safe state before the volume is rediscovered.
- */
- int (*rediscover_volume)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- BOOLEAN sync_fs);
-
- /*
- * Check to make sure this name is valid and no other object has the same
- * name.
- */
- int (*validate_name)(char * name);
-
- /*
- * Register the name for an object. The Engine will make sure that there is
- * no other object with the same name. If the name is not valid (e.g., it's
- * too long) or another object has already registered the name, an error
- * will be returned.
- */
- int (*register_name)(char * name);
-
- /*
- * Unregister the name of an object.
- */
- int (*unregister_name)(char * name);
-
- /*
- * Ask all the parent objects of this object if they can handle this object
- * expanding by the specified amount. Parent plug-ins may modify the size
- * according to any constrains they have. If the size has not been changed
- * by any of the parents, the Engine will return 0. If all the parents
- * don't return an error but the size has been updated, the Engine will
- * return EAGAIN.
- */
- int (*can_expand_by)(storage_object_t * object,
- sector_count_t * delta_size);
-
- /*
- * Ask all the parent objects of this object if they can handle this object
- * shrinking by the specified amount. Parent plug-ins may modify the size
- * according to any constrains they have. If the size has not been changed
- * by any of the parents, the Engine will return 0. If all the parents
- * don't return an error but the size has been updated, the Engine will
- * return EAGAIN.
- */
- int (*can_shrink_by)(storage_object_t * object,
- sector_count_t * delta_size);
-
- /*
- * Send a message to the user interface. This service can be used in three
- * ways.
- *
- * 1) Send a notification message to the user expecting no response.
- *
- * user_message(plugin_record, NULL, NULL, message_fmt, ...);
- *
- * 2) Ask a question and get one item selected from a list of two or more
- * items.
- *
- * char * choices = {string1, string2, ..., NULL};
- * user_message(plugin_record, &answer, choices, message_fmt, ...);
- *
- * The "choices" parameter is a NULL terminated array of strings that
- * describe each of the choices. "*answer" *must* be initialized to the
- * default response. The UI will present the message and the choices to
- * the user. On return, *answer will contain the index of the selected
- * choice string.
- */
- int (*user_message)(plugin_record_t * plugin,
- int * answer,
- char * * choice_text,
- char * message_fmt,
- ...);
-
- /*
- * user_communication() uses the option_descriptor_t structures to convey a
- * group of choices to the user. Use this service when you have a complex
- * list of things to ask of the user, e.g., they are of several different
- * types (strings, ints, etc), they have constraints on their selection, or
- * they may have dependencies on each other.
- *
- * The Engine will create a EVMS_Task_Message task for the UI. The UI will
- * use the task when calling the evms_get_option_descriptor(),
- * evms_set_option_value(), etc. APIs for getting and setting options.
- * Your plug-in will be called on its set_option() function with the task
- * context. The action will be EVMS_Task_Message, the task object will be
- * set to the object_instance parameter that you provide on the call to
- * user_communication().
- *
- * The "message_text" will be treated by the UI as a title for the options
- * that are presented. "options" is an array of option_descriptor_t
- * structures. Each of the option descriptors *must* have an initial value.
- */
- int (*user_communication)(void * object_instance,
- char * message_text,
- option_desc_array_t * options);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110) /* New for version 8 */
- /*
- * Start, update, or close a progress indicator for the user. See the
- * description in common.h for how the progress_t structures are used.
- */
- int (*progress)(progress_t * progress);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Can this object be renamed? The Engine will figure out if there are any
- * restrictions that would prevent the object from being renamed, e.g., the
- * object is the topmost object of a compatibility volume (the volume name
- * will have been derived from the object) and the volume is mounted. The
- * Engine won't allow a volume that is mounted to be renamed. If the
- * object cannot be renamed, the Engine will return an error code that
- * (hopefully) gives some indication as to why the rename is not allowed.
- * Plug-ins call this Engine service before allowing their object name to
- * be changed by a set_info() call.
- */
- int (*can_rename)(storage_object_t * object);
-
- /*
- * Is this volume mounted? If you want to know the name of the mount point,
- * specify a location in mount_name where the service will place a pointer
- * to malloced memory that contains the mount point name. Remember to free
- * the string when you are finished with it. If you do not want to know the
- * mount point and not have the hassle of freeing the memory, specify NULL
- * for mount_name.
- */
- BOOLEAN (*is_mounted)(char * volume_name,
- char * * mount_name);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110) /* New for version 8 */
- /*
- * Assign an FSIM to a volume. FSIMs can use this service to claim control
- * of a volume. For example, an FSIM for a journaling file system may want
- * to claim another volume for an external log.
- * The Engine will return an error code if there is any reason the FSIM
- * cannot be assigned to the volume, such as the volume already being owned
- * by another FSIM.
- * An FSIM does not use this service as part of the processing of a call to
- * the FSIM's is_this_yours() function. The Engine will automatically
- * assign the FSIM to a volume if it returns 0 on a call to is_this_yours().
- *
- */
- int (*assign_fsim_to_volume)(plugin_record_t * fsim,
- logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Unassign an FSIM from a volume. FSIMs can use this service to release
- * control of a volume. For example, on unmkfs_setup() an FSIM for a
- * journaling file system may want to release its claim on another volume
- * that it used for an external log.
- */
- int (*unassign_fsim_from_volume)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-#endif
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 120)
- /*
- * Get the mode in which the Engine was opened.
- */
- engine_mode_t (*get_engine_mode)(void);
-#endif
-
-} engine_functions_t;
-
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 100)
-#define ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_MAJOR_VERION 3
-#elif (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 110)
-#define ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_MAJOR_VERION 8
-#elif (EVMS_ABI_CODE == 120)
-#define ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_MAJOR_VERION 9
-#else
-#error Unknown EVMS_ABI
-#endif /* EVMS_ABI_CODE */
-#define ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_MINOR_VERION 0
-#define ENGINE_PLUGIN_API_PATCH_LEVEL 0
-
-typedef struct plugin_functions_s {
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 120)
- int (*setup_evms_plugin)(engine_functions_t * functions);
-#else
- int (*setup_evms_plugin)(engine_mode_t mode,
- engine_functions_t * functions);
-#endif
-
- void (*cleanup_evms_plugin)(void);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Can you apply your plug-in to the input_object? If yes, return the size
- * of the object you would create.
- * The Engine will only call this function on EVMS feature plug-ins.
- * Other plug-ins may choose whether or not to support this API.
- */
- int (*can_add_feature)(storage_object_t * input_object,
- sector_count_t * size);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Can you delete this object?
- */
- int (*can_delete)(storage_object_t * object);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Can you unassign your plug-in from this object?
- */
- int (*can_unassign)(storage_object_t * object);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Can you expand this object? If yes, build an expand_object_info_t and
- * add it to the expand_points list. If you can't expand, but allow one of
- * your children to expand, call can_expand on whichever child you will
- * allow to expand. If you can not handle expanding below you, do not pass
- * the command down to your child.
- */
- int (*can_expand)(storage_object_t * object,
- sector_count_t * expand_limit, // a delta size
- dlist_t expand_points); // of type expand_object_info_t,
- // tag = EXPAND_OBJECT_TAG
-
- /*
- * Can you allow your child object to expand by "size"? Return 0 if yes,
- * else an error code. "size" is the delta expand BY size, not the
- * resulting size. Update the "size" if your object would expand by a
- * different delta size when your child object expanded by the given size.
- */
- int (*can_expand_by)(storage_object_t * object,
- sector_count_t * size);
-
- /*
- * Can you shrink this object? If yes, build a shrink_object_info_t and
- * add it to the shrink_points list. If you can't shrink, but allow one of
- * your children to shrink, call can_shrink on whichever child you will
- * allow to shrink. If you can not handle shrinking below you, do not pass
- * the command down to your child.
- */
- int (*can_shrink)(storage_object_t * object,
- sector_count_t * shrink_limit, // a delta size
- dlist_t shrink_points); // of type shrink_object_info_t,
- // tag = SHRINK_OBJECT_TAG
-
-
- /*
- * Can you allow your child object to shrink by "size"? Return 0 if yes,
- * else an error code. "size" is the delta shrink BY size, not the
- * resulting size. Update the "size" if your object would shrink by a
- * different delta size when your child object shrunk by the given size.
- */
- int (*can_shrink_by)(storage_object_t * object,
- sector_count_t * size);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 120)
- /*
- * Can you replace this object's child with another object?
- */
- int (*can_replace_child)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_object_t * child);
-#else
- /*
- * Can you move this object?
- */
- int (*can_move)(storage_object_t * object);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Will you allow your object to be made into a volume? (We don't see
- * any reason why you wouldn't.) Will you allow a volume to be reverted
- * off the top of your object? The "flag" parameter says whether the
- * volume is to be created (TRUE) or removed (FALSE).
- */
- int (*can_set_volume)(storage_object_t * object,
- BOOLEAN flag);
-
- /*
- * Claim objects by removing them from the list. Create a storage_object_t
- * for the object you are discovering, fill in the appropriate fields and
- * put the new object on the output_objects list. If you do not claim an
- * object from the input list, then just copy/move it to the output list.
- * The input list can be modified at will. The output list must contain
- * all the storage objects in the system after yours are discovered, i.e.,
- * it is the input list, minus the objects you claim, plus the objects you
- * produce.
- */
- int (*discover)(dlist_t input_objects,
- dlist_t output_objects,
- BOOLEAN final_call);
-
- /*
- * Create storage_object_t(s) from the list of objects using the given
- * options. Return the newly allocated storage_object_t(s) in new_objects
- * list.
- */
- int (*create)(dlist_t input_objects,
- option_array_t * options,
- dlist_t output_objects);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Assign your plug-in to produce storage objects from the given storage
- * object. This function makes sense mainly for segment managers that are
- * assigned to disks (or segments).
- */
- int (*assign)(storage_object_t * object,
- option_array_t * options);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Delete the object. Free any privately allocated data. Remove your
- * parent pointer from your child objects. Do any cleanup necessary to
- * remove your plug-in from your child objects. Put your object's children
- * from the object's child_objects dlist_t onto the dlist_t provided in the
- * second parameter. Call the Engine's free_?????t() to free the object.
- */
- int (*delete)(storage_object_t * object,
- dlist_t child_objects);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Unassign your plug-in from producing storage objects from the given
- * storage object. This function makes sense mainly for segment managers
- * that are assigned to disks (or segments).
- */
- int (*unassign)(storage_object_t * object);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * If the "object" is not the "expand_object", then your child is going to
- * expand. Do any necessary work to get ready for your child to expand,
- * e.g., read in meta data, then call expand() on your child object which
- * will expand. Upon return from the call to your child's expand(), do
- * any work necessary to adjust this object to account for the child
- * object's new size, e.g., update the location of meta data.
- * If the "object" is the same as the "expand_object", then this is the
- * object targeted for expanding. Expand the object according to the
- * input_objects given and the options selected.
- */
- int (*expand)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_object_t * expand_object,
- dlist_t input_objects,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * If the "object" is not the "shrink_object", then your child is going to
- * shrink. Do any necessary work to get ready for your child to shrink,
- * e.g., read in meta data, then call shrink() on your child object which
- * will shrink. Upon return from the call to your child's shrink(), do
- * any work necessary to adjust this object to account for the child
- * object's new size, e.g., update the location of meta data.
- * If the "object" is the same as the "shrink_object", then this is the
- * object targeted for shrinking. Shrink the object according to the
- * input_objects given and the options selected.
- */
- int (*shrink)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_object_t * shrink_object,
- dlist_t input_objects,
- option_array_t * options);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 120)
- /*
- * Replace the object's child with the new child object.
- */
- int (*replace_child)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_object_t * child,
- storage_object_t * new_child);
-#else
- /*
- * Move the contents of the source object to the target object using the
- * given options.
- */
- int (*move)(storage_object_t * source,
- storage_object_t * target,
- option_array_t * options);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * This call notifies you that your object is being made into (or part of)
- * a volume or that your object is no longer part of a volume. The "flag"
- * parameter indicates whether the volume is being created (TRUE) or
- * removed (FALSE).
- */
- void (*set_volume)(storage_object_t * object,
- BOOLEAN flag);
-
- /*
- * Put sectors on the kill list. The plug-in translates the lsn and count
- * into lsn(s) and count(s) for its child object(s) and calls the child
- * object's add_sectors_to_kill_list().
- * The Device Manager calls the Engine's add_sectors_to_kill_list service
- * to put the sectors on the Engine's kill list.
- */
- int (*add_sectors_to_kill_list)(storage_object_t * object,
- lsn_t lsn,
- sector_count_t count);
-
- /*
- * Write your plug-ins data, e.g., feature header and feature meta data, to
- * disk. Clear the SOFLAG_DIRTY in the storage_object_t(s).
- * Committing changes in done in several (two for now) phases. "phase"
- * says which phase of the commit is being performed.
- * Write your first copy of meta data during phase 1; write your second
- * copy of meta data (if you have one) during phase 2.
- */
- int (*commit_changes)(storage_object_t * object,
- uint phase);
-
- /*
- * Return the total number of supported options for the specified task.
- */
- int (*get_option_count)(task_context_t * context);
-
- /*
- * Fill in the initial list of acceptable objects. Fill in the minimum and
- * maximum number of objects that must/can be selected. Set up all initial
- * values in the option_descriptors in the context record for the given
- * task. Some fields in the option_descriptor may be dependent on a
- * selected object. Leave such fields blank for now, and fill in during the
- * set_objects call.
- */
- int (*init_task)(task_context_t * context);
-
- /*
- * Examine the specified value, and determine if it is valid for the task
- * and option_descriptor index. If it is acceptable, set that value in the
- * appropriate entry in the option_descriptor. The value may be adjusted
- * if necessary/allowed. If so, set the effect return value accordingly.
- */
- int (*set_option)(task_context_t * context,
- u_int32_t index,
- value_t * value,
- task_effect_t * effect);
-
- /*
- * Validate the objects in the selected_objects dlist in the task context.
- * Remove from the selected objects lists any objects which are not
- * acceptable. For unacceptable objects, create a declined_handle_t
- * structure with the reason why it is not acceptable, and add it to the
- * declined_objects dlist. Modify the acceptable_objects dlist in the task
- * context as necessary based on the selected objects and the current
- * settings of the options. Modify any option settings as necessary based
- * on the selected objects. Return the appropriate task_effect_t settings
- * if the object list(s), minimum or maximum objects selected, or option
- * settings have changed.
- */
- int (*set_objects)(task_context_t * context,
- dlist_t declined_objects, /* of type declined_handle_t */
- task_effect_t * effect);
-
- /*
- * Return any additional information that you wish to provide about the
- * object. The Engine provides an external API to get the information
- * stored in the storage_object_t. This call is to get any other
- * information about the object that is not specified in the
- * storage_object_t. Any piece of information you wish to provide must be
- * in an extended_info_t structure. Use the Engine's engine_alloc() to
- * allocate the memory for the extended_info_t. Also use engine_alloc() to
- * allocate any strings that may go into the extended_info_t. Then use
- * engine_alloc() to allocate an extended_info_array_t with enough entries
- * for the number of extended_info_t structures you are returning. Fill
- * in the array and return it in *info.
- * If you have extended_info_t descriptors that themselves may have more
- * extended information, set the EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag
- * in the extended_info_t flags field. If the caller wants more information
- * about a particular extended_info_t item, this API will be called with a
- * pointer to the storage_object_t and with a pointer to the name of the
- * extended_info_t item. In that case, return an extended_info_array_t with
- * further information about the item. Each of those items may have the
- * EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag set if you desire. It is your
- * responsibility to give the items unique names so that you know which item
- * the caller is asking additional information for. If info_name is NULL,
- * the caller just wants top level information about the object.
- */
- int (*get_info)(storage_object_t * object,
- char * info_name,
- extended_info_array_t * * info);
-
- /*
- * Apply the settings of the options to the given object.
- */
- int (*set_info)(storage_object_t * object,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * Return any additional information that you wish to provide about your
- * plug-in. The Engine provides an external API to get the information
- * stored in the plugin_record_t. This call is to get any other
- * information about the plug-in that is not specified in the
- * plugin_record_t. Any piece of information you wish to provide must be
- * in an extended_info_t structure. Use the Engine's engine_alloc() to
- * allocate the memory for the extended_info_t. Also use engine_alloc() to
- * allocate any strings that may go into the extended_info_t. Then use
- * engine_alloc() to allocate an extended_info_array_t with enough entries
- * for the number of extended_info_t structures you are returning. Fill
- * in the array and return it in *info.
- * If you have extended_info_t descriptors that themselves may have more
- * extended information, set the EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag
- * in the extended_info_t flags field. If the caller wants more information
- * about a particular extended_info_t item, this API will be called with a
- * pointer to the storage_object_t and with a pointer to the name of the
- * extended_info_t item. In that case, return an extended_info_array_t with
- * further information about the item. Each of those items may have the
- * EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag set if you desire. It is your
- * responsibility to give the items unique names so that you know which item
- * the caller is asking additional information for. If info_name is NULL,
- * the caller just wants top level information about the object.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_info)(char * info_name,
- extended_info_array_t * * info);
-
- /*
- * Convert lsn and count to lsn and count on the child object(s) and and
- * call the read function of child objects.
- */
- int (*read)(storage_object_t * object,
- lsn_t lsn,
- sector_count_t count,
- void * buffer);
-
- /*
- * Convert lsn and count to lsn and count on the child object(s) and and
- * call the write function of child objects.
- */
- int (*write)(storage_object_t * object,
- lsn_t lsn,
- sector_count_t count,
- void * buffer);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Return an array of plug-in functions that you support for this object.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_functions)(storage_object_t * object,
- function_info_array_t * * actions);
-
- /*
- * Execute the plug-in function on the object.
- */
- int (*plugin_function)(storage_object_t * object,
- task_action_t action,
- dlist_t objects,
- option_array_t * options);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Generic method for communicating with your plug-in.
- */
- int (*direct_plugin_communication)(void * thing,
- BOOLEAN target_kernel_plugin,
- void * arg);
-
-} plugin_functions_t;
-
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
-#define ENGINE_FSIM_API_MAJOR_VERION 8
-#define ENGINE_FSIM_API_MINOR_VERION 0
-#define ENGINE_FSIM_API_PATCH_LEVEL 0
-#endif
-
-typedef struct fsim_functions_s {
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 120)
- int (*setup_evms_plugin)(engine_functions_t * functions);
-#else
- int (*setup_evms_plugin)(engine_mode_t mode,
- engine_functions_t * functions);
-#endif
-
- void (*cleanup_evms_plugin)(void);
-
- /*
- * Does this FSIM manage the file system on this volume?
- * Return 0 for "yes", else a reason code.
- */
- int (*is_this_yours)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Get the current size of the file system on this volume.
- */
- int (*get_fs_size)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * fs_size);
-
- /*
- * Get the file system size limits for this volume.
- */
- int (*get_fs_limits)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * fs_min_size,
- sector_count_t * fs_max_size,
- sector_count_t * vol_max_size);
-
- /*
- * Can you install your file system on this volume?
- */
- int (*can_mkfs)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Can you remove your file system from this volume?
- */
- int (*can_unmkfs)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Can you fsck this volume?
- */
- int (*can_fsck)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Can you defrag this volume?
- */
- int (*can_defrag)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Can you expand this volume by the amount specified?
- * If your file system cannot handle expansion at all, return an
- * error code that indicates why it cannot be expanded..
- * If your file system can expand but cannot handle having unused
- * space after the end of your file system, adjust the *delta_size
- * to the maximum you allow and return 0.
- * If your file system cannot fill the resulting size but your file
- * system can handle extra unused space after the end of the file
- * system, then do not change the *delta_size and return 0.
- */
- int (*can_expand_by)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * delta_size);
-
- /*
- * Can you shrink this volume by the amount specified?
- * If your file system cannot handle shrinking at all, return an
- * error code that indicates why it cannot be shrunk.
- * If your file system can shrink but the *delta_size is too much to
- * shrink by, adjust the *delta_size to the maximum shrinkage you allow and
- * return 0.
- */
- int (*can_shrink_by)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * delta_size);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110) /* New for version 8 */
- /*
- * mkfs has been scheduled. Do any setup work such as claiming another
- * volume for an external log.
- */
- int (*mkfs_setup)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- option_array_t * options);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Install your file system on the volume.
- */
- int (*mkfs)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- option_array_t * options);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110) /* New for version 8 */
- /*
- * unmkfs has been scheduled. Do any setup work such as releasing another
- * volume that was used for an external log.
- */
- int (*unmkfs_setup)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Remove your file system from the volume. This could be as simple as
- * wiping out critical sectors, such as a superblock, so that you will
- * no longer detect that your file system is installed on the volume.
- */
- int (*unmkfs)(logical_volume_t * volume);
-
- /*
- * Run fsck on the volume.
- */
- int (*fsck)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * Defragment on the volume.
- */
- int (*defrag)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * Expand the volume to new_size. If the volume is not expanded exactly to
- * new_size, set new_sie to the new_size of the volume.
- */
- int (*expand)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t * new_size);
-
- /*
- * Shrink the volume to new_size. If the volume is not expanded exactly to
- * new_size, set new_size to the new_size of the volume.
- */
- int (*shrink)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- sector_count_t requested_size,
- sector_count_t * new_size);
-
- /*
- * Return the total number of supported options for the specified task.
- */
- int (*get_option_count)(task_context_t * context);
-
- /*
- * Fill in the initial list of acceptable objects. Fill in the minimum and
- * maximum number of objects that must/can be selected. Set up all initial
- * values in the option_descriptors in the context record for the given
- * task. Some fields in the option_descriptor may be dependent on a
- * selected object. Leave such fields blank for now, and fill in during the
- * set_objects call.
- */
- int (*init_task)(task_context_t * context);
-
- /*
- * Examine the specified value, and determine if it is valid for the task
- * and option_descriptor index. If it is acceptable, set that value in the
- * appropriate entry in the option_descriptor. The value may be adjusted
- * if necessary/allowed. If so, set the effect return value accordingly.
- */
- int (*set_option)(task_context_t * context,
- u_int32_t index,
- value_t * value,
- task_effect_t * effect);
-
- /*
- * Validate the volumes in the selected_objects dlist in the task context.
- * Remove from the selected objects lists any volumes which are not
- * acceptable. For unacceptable volumes, create a declined_handle_t
- * structure with the reason why it is not acceptable, and add it to the
- * declined_volumes dlist. Modify the acceptable_objects dlist in the task
- * context as necessary based on the selected objects and the current
- * settings of the options. Modify any option settings as necessary based
- * on the selected objects. Return the appropriate task_effect_t settings
- * if the object list(s), minimum or maximum objects selected, or option
- * settings have changed.
- */
- int (*set_volumes)(task_context_t * context,
- dlist_t declined_volumes, /* of type declined_handle_t */
- task_effect_t * effect);
-
-
- /*
- * Return any additional information that you wish to provide about the
- * volume. The Engine provides an external API to get the information
- * stored in the logical_volume_t. This call is to get any other
- * information about the volume that is not specified in the
- * logical_volume_t. Any piece of information you wish to provide must be
- * in an extended_info_t structure. Use the Engine's engine_alloc() to
- * allocate the memory for the extended_info_t. Also use engine_alloc() to
- * allocate any strings that may go into the extended_info_t. Then use
- * engine_alloc() to allocate an extended_info_array_t with enough entries
- * for the number of extended_info_t structures you are returning. Fill
- * in the array and return it in *info.
- * If you have extended_info_t descriptors that themselves may have more
- * extended information, set the EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag
- * in the extended_info_t flags field. If the caller wants more information
- * about a particular extended_info_t item, this API will be called with a
- * pointer to the storage_object_t and with a pointer to the name of the
- * extended_info_t item. In that case, return an extended_info_array_t with
- * further information about the item. Each of those items may have the
- * EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag set if you desire. It is your
- * responsibility to give the items unique names so that you know which item
- * the caller is asking additional information for. If info_name is NULL,
- * the caller just wants top level information about the object.
- */
- int (*get_volume_info)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- char * info_name,
- extended_info_array_t * * info);
-
- /*
- * Apply the settings of the options to the given volume.
- */
- int (*set_volume_info)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * Return any additional information that you wish to provide about your
- * plug-in. The Engine provides an external API to get the information
- * stored in the plugin_record_t. This call is to get any other
- * information about the plug-in that is not specified in the
- * plugin_record_t. Any piece of information you wish to provide must be
- * in an extended_info_t structure. Use the Engine's engine_alloc() to
- * allocate the memory for the extended_info_t. Also use engine_alloc() to
- * allocate any strings that may go into the extended_info_t. Then use
- * engine_alloc() to allocate an extended_info_array_t with enough entries
- * for the number of extended_info_t structures you are returning. Fill
- * in the array and return it in *info.
- * If you have extended_info_t descriptors that themselves may have more
- * extended information, set the EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag
- * in the extended_info_t flags field. If the caller wants more information
- * about a particular extended_info_t item, this API will be called with a
- * pointer to the storage_object_t and with a pointer to the name of the
- * extended_info_t item. In that case, return an extended_info_array_t with
- * further information about the item. Each of those items may have the
- * EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag set if you desire. It is your
- * responsibility to give the items unique names so that you know which item
- * the caller is asking additional information for. If info_name is NULL,
- * the caller just wants top level information about the object.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_info)(char * info_name,
- extended_info_array_t * * info);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Return an array of plug-in functions that you support for this volume.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_functions)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- function_info_array_t * * actions);
-
- /*
- * Execute the plug-in function on the volume.
- */
- int (*plugin_function)(logical_volume_t * volume,
- task_action_t action,
- dlist_t objects,
- option_array_t * options);
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Generic method for communicating with your plug-in.
- */
- int (*direct_plugin_communication)(void * thing,
- BOOLEAN target_kernel_plugin,
- void * arg);
-
-} fsim_functions_t;
-
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
-#define ENGINE_CONTAINER_API_MAJOR_VERION 8
-#define ENGINE_CONTAINER_API_MINOR_VERION 0
-#define ENGINE_CONTAINER_API_PATCH_LEVEL 0
-#endif
-
-typedef struct container_functions_s {
-
- /*
- * Can you create a container from this list of data segments?
- */
- int (*can_create_container)(dlist_t objects);
-
- /*
- * Can you destroy the container? You must check to be sure that no regions
- * are exported from this container.
- */
- int (*can_delete_container)(storage_container_t * container);
-
- /*
- * Can you add this object to the container?
- * Return 0 if you can, else return an error code.
- */
- int (*can_add_object)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_container_t * container);
-
- /*
- * Can you remove this object from the container that currently consumes
- * it? Return 0 if you can, else return an error code.
- */
- int (*can_remove_object)(storage_object_t * object);
-
- /*
- * Create and fill in the container adding newly created unallocated objects
- * produced as appropriate. The plug-in must claim the objects, as it does
- * in discovery. Mark the container dirty. Must use allocate_container
- * engine API to allocate the container structure.
- */
- int (*create_container)(dlist_t objects,
- option_array_t * options,
- storage_container_t * * container);
-
- /*
- * Engine will remove the object from its current container before calling
- * this API. Claim the object and add it to a container objects_consumed
- * list. Mark the container dirty. Update/allocate the unallocated object
- * that is exported from the container. If container is NULL, add the
- * object to default (or unassigned) container.
- */
- int (*add_object)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_container_t * container,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * Transfer the object from its current container to the specified
- * container. Mark the container dirty. If container is NULL, transfer
- * the object to the default (or unassigned) container.
- */
- int (*transfer_object)(storage_object_t * object,
- storage_container_t * container,
- option_array_t * options);
-
- /*
- * Remove object from its current container. Make sure there are no
- * allocated objects produced by the container that are using space in the
- * object. Does not destroy segment.
- */
- int (*remove_object)(storage_object_t * object);
-
- /*
- * Destroy the container. Make sure there are no allocated objects being
- * produced by the container. Put your consumed objects from the
- * container's objects_consumed dlist_t onto the dlist_t provided in the
- * second parameter. Free any private data, then use the Engine's
- * free_container() to deallocate the container object.
- */
- int (*delete_container)(storage_container_t * container,
- dlist_t objects_consumed);
-
- /*
- * Write any container meta data, to disk. Clear the SCFLAG_DIRTY in the
- * container.
- * Committing changes in done in several (two for now) phases. "phase"
- * says which phase of the commit is being performed.
- * Write your first copy of meta data during phase 1; write your second
- * copy of meta data (if you have one) during phase 2.
- */
- int (*commit_container_changes)(storage_container_t * container,
- uint phase);
-
- /*
- * Return any additional information that you wish to provide about the
- * container. The Engine provides an external API to get the information
- * stored in the storage_container_t. This call is to get any other
- * information about the container that is not specified in the
- * storage_container_t. Any piece of information you wish to provide must
- * be in an extended_info_t structure. Use the Engine's engine_alloc() to
- * allocate the memory for the extended_info_t. Also use engine_alloc() to
- * allocate any strings that may go into the extended_info_t. Then use
- * engine_alloc() to allocate an extended_info_array_t with enough entries
- * for the number of extended_info_t structures you are returning. Fill
- * in the array and return it in *info.
- * If you have extended_info_t descriptors that themselves may have more
- * extended information, set the EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag
- * in the extended_info_t flags field. If the caller wants more information
- * about a particular extended_info_t item, this API will be called with a
- * pointer to the storage_container_t and with a pointer to the name of the
- * extended_info_t item. In that case, return an extended_info_array_t with
- * further information about the item. Each of those items may have the
- * EVMS_EINFO_FLAGS_MORE_INFO_AVAILABLE flag set if you desire. It is your
- * responsibility to give the items unique names so that you know which item
- * the caller is asking additional information for. If info_name is NULL,
- * the caller just wants top level information about the object.
- */
- int (*get_container_info)(storage_container_t * container,
- char * info_name,
- extended_info_array_t * * info);
-
- /*
- * Apply the settings of the options to the given container.
- */
- int (*set_container_info)(storage_container_t * container,
- option_array_t * options);
-
-#if (EVMS_ABI_CODE >= 110)
- /*
- * Return an array of plug-in functions that you support for this container.
- */
- int (*get_plugin_functions)(storage_container_t * container,
- function_info_array_t * * actions);
-
- /*
- * Execute the plug-in function on the container.
- */
- int (*plugin_function)(storage_container_t * container,
- task_action_t action,
- dlist_t objects,
- option_array_t * options);
-#endif
-
-} container_functions_t;
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corp., 2001
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See
- * the GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- * Module: plugin.h
- */
-
-#ifndef EVMS_PLUGIN_H_INCLUDED
- #define EVMS_PLUGIN_H_INCLUDED 1
-
- #include <dlist.h>
- #include <common.h>
- #include <options.h>
-
- #include <enginestructs.h>
- #include <plugfuncs.h>
-
-#endif
OSDN Git Service
